Anda di halaman 1dari 93



Tractor serial number is stamped on a name plate attached to the side of instrument console. Diesel engine serial number
is stamped on right side of cylinder block near the fuel lift pump. Gasoline engine serial number is stamped on a plate
attached to left side of cylinder block above the distributor.

INDEX (By Starting Paragraph)


Disc Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Assembly, R&R . . . 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift Cover . . .. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 207
Shoe Type . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Camshaft . . 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . 223
Connecting Rods & Bearings . 40 . . . Reservoir & Filter . ... . . . . . . . . 185
CLUTCH (Engine) Cooling System 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Checks . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . 187
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Crankshaft & Bearings 41 . . . . . . . . . Trouble-Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Dual Clutch ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Cylinder Head .. .. .26 . . . . . . . . . . .

Split Torque Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Governor . .. 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER TAKE-OFF (Independent)

Tractor Split . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 112 Ignition .. . .. .53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 180
Oil Pump .. . .. 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 178
DIFFERENTIAL Pistons, Sleeves & Rings . 38 . . . . . . Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Bevel Drive Gears . . . .. .. . 163
. . . . Timing Gears . . 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Differential Lock . . . . . . .. 160

. . . . . POWER TAKE-OFF (Live)
R&R and Overhaul . . . . .158. . . . . . FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ground Speed Gears . . . . . . . . . .176
Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Alternator & Regulator . . . . . . . 101 Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 REAR AXLE
Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 . With Planetary Final Drive 167 . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Injector Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 . Without Planetary Final Drive .165
Injector Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 .

ENGINE (Diesel) Timing .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . STEERING SYSTEM
Assembly, R&R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Hydrostatic Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 FUEL SYSTEM (Gasoline) Manual Type . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .3.

Connecting Rods & Bearings . . . . 75 Carburetor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Power Assist Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Crankshaft & Bearings .. . . . . . . . 76 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TRANSMISSION
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Adjustments . .. . . . . . . . . 194
. . . . . . Eight Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127. .

Oil Pump . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Auxiliary Pump . . . . . . . . . 232

. . . . . Manual Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . .136.

Pistons, Sleeves & Rings . . . . . . . 73 Auxiliary Valve . . . . . . . . 235

. . . . . . Multi-Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145. .

Timing Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 General ... ..

. . . . . . . . . . . . 184
. . . . Six Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
. .

This service manual provides specifications in both Metric (SI) and U.S. Customary systems of measurement. The first
specification is given in the measuring system perceived by us to be the preferred system when servicing a particular
component, while the second specification (given in parenthesis) is the converted measurement. For instance, a specifica
tion of "0.28 mm (0.011 inch)" would indicate that we feel the preferred measurement is the metric system of measure
ment and the U.S. Customary equivalent of 0.28 mm is 0.011.

MF230 MF235
Diesel Gasoline Diesel Gasoline
Engine Make ................... Perkins Continental Perkins Continental
Engine Model ................... AD3.152 Z-145 AD3.152 Z-145
Number of Cylinders ............. 3 4 3 4
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.44 mm g5.72 mm 9 1.44 mm g5.72 mm
(3.6 in.) (3.375 in.) (3.6 in.) (3.375 in. )
Stroke ........................ . 127.0 mm 103.2 mm 127.0 mm 103.2 mm
(5.0 in.) (4.063 in.) (5.0 in.) (4.063 in.)
Displacement ................... 2.5 L 2.4 L 2.5 L 2.4 L
(152 cu. in.) (145 cu. in.) ( 152 cu. in.) ( 145 cu. in.)
Cylinder Sleeves ................. Dry Wet Dry Wet
Electrical System ............... . 12 Volt, Negative Ground

Firing Order .................... 1 -2-3 1 -3-4-2 1-2-3 1-3-4-2
Valve Clearance, Cold-
Intake ........................ 0.30 mm 0.33 mm 0.30 mm 0.33 mm
(0.012 in.) (0.013 in.) (0.012 in.) (0.013 in.)
Exhaust ..................... . 0.30 mm 0.3g mm 0.30 mm 0.3g mm
(0.012 in.) (0.015 in.) (0.012 in.) (0.015 in.)
Valve Clearance, Hot-
Intake ........................ 0.25 mm 0.2g mm 0.25 mm 0.2g mm
(0.010 in.) (0.011 in.) (0.010 in.) (0.0 1 1 in.)
Exhaust ..................... . 0.25 mm 0.33 mm 0.25 mm 0.33 mm
(0.010 in.) (0.013 in.) (0.010 in.) (0.013 in.)
Valve Face Angle-
Intake ........................ 35 30 45 30
Exhaust . . . ... . .. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 35 44 45 44
Valve Seat Angle-
Intake ....................... . 35 30 45 30
Exhaust ..................... . 35 45 45 45
Injection Timing, Static .......... . 24 BTDC 24 BTDC
Injector Opening Pressure ....
New ........................ . 19235 k Pa 1g755 k Pa
(2790 psi ) (2720 psi )
Used ........................ . 17720 k Pa 17240 k Pa
(2570 psi ) (2500 psi )
Ignition Timing ................. go BTDC go BTDC
Ignition Point Gap ............... 0.45-0.55 mm 0.45-0.55 mm
(0.017-0.022 in.) (0.017 -0.022 in.)
Spark Plug Gap ................. 0.63 mm 0.63 mm
(0.025 in.) (0.025 in.)
Governed Speeds, Engine Rpm-
Low Idle ..................... . 725-775 725-775 725 -775 725-775
High Idle ..................... 2 135 -21g5 2200-2250 2400-2450 2425-2500
Full Load .................... . 2000 2000 2250 2250
Rated Power At Pto Shaft ........ . 25.75 kW 25.6 kW 31.6 kW 30.7 kW
(34.5 hp ) (34.3 hp ) (42.4 hp ) (4 1. 1 hp )

Cooling System ................. 9.9 L 9.5 L 9.9 L 9.5 L .

( 10.5 U.S. qts.) ( 10 U.S. qts.) ( 10.5 U.S. qts.) ( 10 U.S. qts.)
Crankcase* .............. . ... . .. ------ 4.7 L ------

(5 U.S. qts. ) -------

Hydraulic System ................ 30.3 L -------

(g U.S. gals.) ------- -------

Power Steering .................. 0.95 L

(1 u.s. qt.) ------ ---

Fuel Tank ...................... 53 L ---- --------- ---

------- ( 14 U.S. gals.) -------

* Add 0.95 L ( 1 U.S. quart ) if filter is changed.

MF230 MF235
Diesel Gasoline Diesel Gasoline

Crankshaft Main Journal-
Diameter ..................... 69.81-69.82 mm
(2.7485-2.7490 in.)
57.13-57.15 mm
(2.249-2.250 in.)
69.81-69.82 mm
(2.7485-2.7490 in.)
57.13-57.15 mm
(2.249-2.250 in.)

Bearing Clearance ..... . . ..... . 0.08-0.13 mm 0.013-0.081 mm 0.08-0.13 mm 0.013-0.081 mm
(0.003-0.005 in.) (0.0005-0.0032 in.) (0.003-0.005 in.) (0.0005-0.0032 in.)
Crankshaft Crankpin-
Diameter ..................... 57.11-57.12 mm 49.49-49.21 mm 57.11-57.12 mm 49.19-49.21 mm
(2.2485-2.2490 in.) (1.9365-1.9375 in.) (2.2485-2.2490 in.) (1.9365-1.9375 in. )
Bearing Clearance 0 0 0 0.06-0.10 mm 0.015-0.078 mm 0.06-0.10 mm 0.015-0.078 mm
(0.0025-0.0040 in.) (0.0006-0.0031 in.) (0.0025-0.0040 in.) (0.0006-0.0031 in.)
Crankshaft End Play ............. 0.05-0.38 mm 0.10-0.20 mm 0.05-0.38 mm 0.10-0.20 mm
(0.002-0.015 in.) (0.004-0.008 in.) (0.002-0.015 in.) (0.004-0.008 in. )
Camshaft Journal Diameter-
Front ......................... 47.47-47.50 mm 45.92-45.95 mm 47.47-47.50 mm 45.92-45.95 mm
(1.869-1.870 in.) (1.808-1.809 in.) (1.869 -1.870 in.) (1.808-1.809 in. )
Center ........................ 47.22-47.24 mm 44.34-44.36 mm 47.22-47.24 mm 44.34-44.36 mm
(1.859-1.860 in.) (1.745-1.746 in.) (1.859-1.860 in.) (1.745-1.746 in. )
Rear ......................... 46.71-46.74 mm 42.75-42.77 mm 46.71-46.74 mm 42.75-42.77 mm
(1.839-1.840 in.) (1.683-1.684 in.) (1.839-1.840 in.) (1.683-1.684 in.)
Camshaft Bearing Clearance ...... 0.10-0.20 mm 0.065-0.115 mm 0.10-0.20 mm 0.065-0.115 mm
(0.004-0.008 in.) (0.0025-0.0045 in.) (0.004-0.008 in.) (0.0025-0.0045 in.)
Piston Pins-
Diameter ..................... 31.744-31.750 mm 21.821-21.826 mm 31.744-31.750 mm 21.821-21.826 mm
(1.2498-1.2500 in.) (0.8591-0.8593 in.) (1.2498-1.2500 in.) (0.8591-0.8593 in.)
Clearance in Bushing ........... 0.01-0.04 mm 0.005-0.015 mm 0.01-0.04 mm 0.005-0.015 mm
(0.0004-0.0017 in.) (0.0002-0.0006 in.) (0.0004-0.0017 in.) (0.0002-0.0006 in.)

Cylinder Head .................. 95-101 Nm
(70-75 ft.-lbs.)
Connecting Rods ................. Refer to Text 54-61 Nm Refer to Text 54-61 Nm
(40-45 ft.-lbs.) (40-45 ft.-lbs.)
Main Bearings .................. 149-156 Nm 115-129 Nm 149-156 Nm 115-129 Nm
(110-115 ft.-lbs.) (85-95 ft.-lbs.) (110-115 ft.-lbs.) (85-95 ft.-lbs.)
Flywheel ....................... 101-108 Nm 95-101 Nm 101-108 Nm 95-101 Nm
(75-80 ft.-lbs.) (70-75 ft.-lbs.) (75-80 ft.-lbs.) (70-75 ft. l- bs.)
Oil Pan ........................ 26-28 Nm 16-22 Nm 26-28 Nm 16-22 Nm
(19-21 ft.-lbs.) (12-16 ft.-lbs.) (19-21 ft.-lbs.) {12-16 ft.-lbs.)
Intake Manifold ................. 8-12 Nm 27-41 Nm 8-12 Nm 27-41 Nm
(6-9 ft.-lbs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.) (6-9 ft.-lbs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.)
Exhaust Manifold .... ............ 16-20 Nm 27-41 Nm 16-20 Nm 27-41 Nm
(12-15 ft.-lbs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.) (12-15 ft.-lbs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.)
** Torque figures apply with threads clean and lightly oiled.


MF240 MF245 MF250
Diesel Diesel Gasoline Diesel
Engine Make .................. . Perkins Perkins Continental Perkins
Engine Model .................. . AD3.152 AD3.152 Z-145 AD3.152
Number of Cylinders ............ . 3 3 4 3
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91.44 mm 91.44 mm 85.72 mm 91.44 mm
(3.6 in.) (3.6 in.) (3.375 in.) (3.6 in.)
Stroke ........................ . 127.0 mm 127.0 mm 103.2 mm 127.0 mm
(5.0 in.) (5.0 in.) (4.063 in.) (5.0 in.)
Displacement .................. . 2.5 L 2.5 L 2.4 L 2.5 L
(152 cu. in.) (152 cu. in.) (145 cu. in.) (152 cu. in.)
Cylinder Sleeves ................ . Dry Dry Wet Dry
Electrical System . . . . ......... . . . ------- 12 Volt, Negative Ground -------

MF240 MF245 MF250
Diesel Diesel Gasoline Diesel
Firing Order .................... 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-3-4-2 123
Valve Clearance, Cold-
Intake ........................ 0.30 mm 0.30 mm 0.33 m.m 0.30 mm
(0.012 in.) (0.012 in.) (0.013 in.) (0.012 in.)
Exhaust ..................... . 0.30 mm 0.30 mm 0.38 mm 0.30 mm
(0.012 in.) (0.012 in.) (0.015 in.) (0.012 in.)
Valve Clearance, Hot-
Intake ........................ 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.28 mm 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.) (0,010 in.) (0.011 in.) (0.010 in.)
Exhaust ...................... 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.33 mm 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.) (0.010 in.) (0.013 in.) (0.010 in.)
Valve Face Angle-
Intake ........................ as 45 ao
Exhaust ...................... as 45 44
Valve Seat Angle-
Intake ....................... . as
Exhaust ..................... . as
Injection Timing, Static ........... 24 BTDC
Injector Opening Pressure-
New ......................... 187S5 kPa 18755 kPa 18755 kPa
(2720 psi ) (2720 psi ) (2720 psi )
Used ........................ . 17720 kPa 17240 kPa 17720 kPa
(2570 psi) (2500 psi ) (2570 psi )
Ignition Timing ................ . 8 BTDC
Ignition Point Gap .............. . 0.45-0.55 mm
(0.017-0.022 in.)
Spark Plug Gap ................ . 0.63 mm
(0.025 in.)
Governed Speeds, Engine Rpm-
Low Idle ...................... 725-775 725-775 725-775 725-775
High Idle ..................... 2135-2185 2400-2450 2425-2500 2400-2450
Full Load .................... . 2000 2250 2250 2250
Rated Power at Pto Shaft ......... 25.9 kW 32.0 kW 30.5 kW 30.4 kW
(34.8 hp ) (42.9 hp ) (41 hp ) (40.8 hp )

Cooling System ................. . 9.9 L 9.9 L 9.5 L 9.9 L
(10.5 u.s. qts.) (10.5 U.S. qts.) (10 U.S. qts.) (10.5 U.S. qts.)
Crankcase* .................... . 5.9 L 4.7 L 4.7 L 5.9 L
(6.2 U.S. qts.) (5 U.S. qts.) (5 U.S. qts.) (6.2 U.S. qts.)
Hydraulic System ............... . 32.5 L 30.3 L 30.3 L 41.8 L
(8.6 U.S. gals.) (8 U.S. gals.) (8 U.S. gals.) (11 U.S. gals.)
Power Steering ................. . ------- 0.95 L -------

(1 U.S. qt.)
Fuel Tank ...................... 47.9 L 53 L 53 L 47.9 L
(12.6 U.S. gals.) (14 U.S. gals.) (14 U.S. gals.) (12.6 U.S. gals.)
* Add 0.95 L (1 U.S. quart ) if filter is changed.

Crankshaft Main Journal-
Diameter .................... . 69.81-69.83 mm 69.81-69.83 mm 57.13-57.15 mm 69.81-69.83 mm
(2.7485-2.7493 in.) (2.7485-2.7492 in.) (2.249-2.250 in.) (2.7485-2.7493 in.)
Bearing Clearance ............ . 0.05-0.11 mm 0.08-0.13 mm 0.013-0.081 mm 0.05-0.11 mrn
(0.002-0.004 in.) (0.003-0.005 in.) (0.0005-0.0032 in.) (0.0020.004 in.)
Crankshaft Crankpin-
Diameter ..................... 57.11-57.12 mm 57.11-57.12 mm 49.19-49.21 mm 57.11-57.12. mm
(2.2485-2.2490 in.) (2.2485-2.2490 in.) (1.9365-1.9375 in.) (2.2485-2.2490 in.)
Bearing Clearance ............ . 0.06-0.10 mm 0.06-0.10 mm 0.015-0.078 mm 0.06-0.10 mm
(0.0025-0.0040 in.) (0.0025-0.0040 in.) (0.0006-0.0031 in.) (0.0025-0.0040 in.)
Crankshaft End Play ............ . 0.05-0.38 mm 0.05-0.38 mm 0.10-0.20 mm 0.05-0.38 mm
(0.002-0.015 in.) (0.002-0.015 in.) (0.004-0.008 in.) (0.002-0.015 in.)
Camshaft Journal Diameter-
Front ........................ . 47.47-47.50 mm 47.47-47.50 mm 45.92-45.95 mm 47.47-47.50 mm
(1.869-1.870 in.) (1.869-1.870 in.) (1.808-1.809 in.) (1.869-1.870 in.)
Center ........................ 47.22-47.24 mm 47.22-47.24 mm 44.34-44.36 mm 47.22-47.24 mm
(1.859-1.860 in.) (1.859-1.860 in.) (1.745-1.746 in.) (1.859-1.860 in.)

MF240 MF245 MF250
Diesel Diesel Gasoline Diesel

Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Camshaft Bearing Clearance ......

46.71-46.74 mm
(1.839-1.840 in.)
0.10-0.20 mm
46.71-46.74 mm
(1.839-1.840 in.)
0.10-0.20 mm
42.75-42.77 mm
(1.683-1.684 in.)
0.065-0.115 mm
46.71-46.74 mm
(1.839-1.840 in.)
0.10-0.20 nun
{0.004-0.008 in.) (0.004-0.008 in.) (0.00250.0045 in.) (0.004-0.008 in.)
Piston Pins-
Diameter ..................... 31.744-31.750 mm 31.744-31.750 mm 21.821-21.826 mm 31.744-31.750 mm
(1.2498-1.2500 in.) (1.2498-1.2500 in.) (0.8591-0.8593 in.) (1.2498-1.2500 in.)
Clearance in Rod Bushing ........ 0.01-0.04 mm 0.01-0.04 mm 0.005-0.015 mm 0.010.04 mm
(0.0004-0.0017 in.) (0.0004-0.0017 in.) (0.0002-0.0006 in.) (0.0004-0.0017 in.)

Cylinder Head .................. 95 Nm 95 Nm 95-101 Nm 95 Nm
(70 ft.-lbs.) (70 ft.-lbs.) (70-75 ft.l- bs.) (70 ft.l- bs.)
Connecting Rods ................ . Refer to Text 54-61 Nm Refer to Text
(40-45 ft.l- bs.)
Main Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Nm 150 Nm 115-129 Nm 150 Nm
(110 ft.-lbs.) (110 ft.-lbs.) (85-95 ft.-lbs.) (110 ft.l- bs.)
Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Nm 105 Nm 95-101 Nm 105 Nm
(78 ft.-lbs.) (78 ft.-lbs.) (70-75 ft.l- bs.) (78 ft.-lbs.)
Oil Pan .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Nm 18 Nm 16-22 Nm 18 Nm
(14 ft.l- bs.) (14 ft.-lbs.) (12-16 ft..Jbs.) (14 ft.-lbs.)
Intake Manifold . ....... ....... .. 18 Nm 18 Nm 27-41 Nm 18 Nm
(14 ft.-lbs.) (14 ft.-lbs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.) (14 ft.lbs.)
Exhaust Manifold ................ 18 Nm 18Nm 27-41 Nm 18 Nm
(14 ft.l- bs.) (14 ft.l- bs.) (20-30 ft.-lbs.) (14 ft.-lbs.)
.. Torque figures apply with threads clean and lightly oiled.

FRONT SYSTEM Axle extension (7-Fig. 1,2,3 and 5) can support front of tractor and remove hood,
be removed from acljustable axle models side panels, grille support frame,
AXLE ASSEMBLY by first disconnecting drag link and/or radiator and axle extensions (if so equip
tie rod and power steering cylinder (if so ped ) . Disconnect hydraulic lines from
All Models equipped ) from steering arm. Remove power steering cylinders (if so equipped ) .
bolts attaching axle extension to center Remove axle pivot pin retaining screw
member (5), then withdraw axle exten (4) and inner snap ring (3). Withdraw
sion.'lb remove center member (5), first pivot pin and remove axle center

Fig. 2-Exploded view of typical straight n/e standard on MF235

model end all VIneyard mode/a.
I Plvol pm 6. Bulh1n11
2 Front support 7 Axle e.llOn&IOn 12. 0\utoeat
S Snap ring 8 Sp1ndle 13 Sle4ltln& arm
Fig. 1-Exploded view of swept beck axle used on aome MF230 and 4 Pvot pin retaining ICI'OW 9 Bee:ring 14. Dna link
MF235 models. Refer to Fig. 2 for legend except 111dlus rods (11). 6. Axle center member 10. Buthing 16.Shtm

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 2-3

Fig. 3-Exploded view of

semi-swept back axle stand
ard on MF245 models. Refer
to Fig. 2 for legend except tie Fig. 5-Exploded view of adjustable front axle assembly used on
rod (16). Models MF240 and MF250. Refer to Fig. 2 for legend except for the
20. Steering cylinder
21. Cylinder bracket 23. Inner bearing 25. Outer bearing
22. Seal 24. Wheel hub 26. Hub cap

r il 16
desired fit to spindle.'lb reinstall, reverse
--8 the removal procedure.
Measure axle center member end play
35 in support housing using a feeler gage.
Fig. 4-Exploded view of Select shims (15) to provide 0.05-0.25
nonadjustable front axle used
mm (0.002-0.010 inch ) end play.
on MF235 and MF245 Orchard
models. Refer to Fig. 2 for Lubricate with multipurposH lithium
legend except for washers base grease.
(17) and tie rod (16).



All Models

2. Automotive type tie rod and drag

link ends are used. Units are nonad
justable and should be renewed if ex
cessively worn. Recommended toe-in is
member. Unbolt and remove front sup flush with inner faces of support hous 3 mm (118 inch ). On models with two
port (2) if necessary. ing. Be sure bushings are installed with drag links, adjust each an equal amount
Axle pivot bushings (6 ) and spindle hole aligned with grease passage. Make to obtain correct toe-in. On models with
bushings ( 10) should be renewed if ex certain pivot pin slides freely through tie rod (16-Fig. 3 or 4 ), loosen locknuts
cessively worn. Pivot bushings (6 ) should bushings after installation. Spindle and clamps, then turn adjusting sleeve
be installed 0.5 mm (0.020 inch ) below bushings (10 ) must be reamed to proyjde to provide correct toe-in.


This section covers the manual steer filled to the level of the opening for plug then rotate the right pinion housing (4R )
ing gear used on MF230 and MF235 (25-Fig. 6 ) with SAE 90 gear lubricant. clockwise to the end of the bolt slots.
tractors without power assist steering or Backlash between the ball nut (20) and Rotate the left pinion housing (41 )
hydrostatic power steering. left sector gear (10 ) and between the counterclockwise until all backlash is
right and left sector gears (10 and 15 ) eliminated between left pinion and ball
All Models So Equipped can be adjusted while unit is installed. nut, then tighten the four screws retain
'lb adjust, loosen four screws that attach ing left pinion housing. Rotate the right
3. LUBRICATION AND ADJUST the left and right pinion housings (41 pinion housing counterclockwise until
MENT. The steering gear should be and 4R ) to the steering gear housing, all backlash is eliminated between the

Paragraphs 4-5 MASSEY- FERGUSON
two pinions, then tighten the four screws Reinstall by reversing the removal pro and ball nut (20) into shaft housing (24).
retaining the right pinion housing. If ad cedure. Be careful to connect wires to in Place shims (22) and "0" ring (23) onto
ditional adjustment is required, refer to struments correctly. housing (24), then install into steering
paragraph 5. gear housing (14). Shims (22) are
5. OVERHAUL. To overhaul the available in 0.13-0.25 mm (0.0050.010
4. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. To removed unit, first remove the right pin inch). InstaU only enough shims to pro
remove the manual steering gear ion housing (4&-Fig. 6) and shaft (15), vide 0.03-0 .13 mm (0.001-0.005 inch)
assembly, first remove the battery and then remove the left pinion housing (4L) preload for bearings (19 and 21).
the steering wheeL Disconnect the oil and shaft (10). Unbolt shaft housing (24) After steering shaft ball nut is in
pressure line at the gage and tachometer and withdraw housing and shaft (20). stalled, turn the steering shaft until the
cable at both ends, then remove the Eleven loose balls should faJl from up ball nut is at bottom. Position the steer
tachometer cable and cable housing. per bearing (21) and eleven from lower ing gear as normally installed on the
Mark aJl wires to facilitate assembly, bearing (19). Pitman shafts (10 and 15) tractor, and install the left pitman shaft
then disconnect all wires from instru and related parts can be withdrawn fr'Om (10) and housing (4L) assembly. The flat
ment panel gages. Remove lights from housing (4L or 4R) after snap ring (8) is identification boss on left housing (4L)
panel gages and disconnect fuel shut-off removed as shown in Fig. 7. Parts of the should be down when installed. The
from injection pump (diesel models). ball nut and shaft (20-Fig. 6) are not marked (3rd) tooth on left pinion (10)
Remove the complete instrument panel available separately and should not be should be aligned with center valley of
with gages. Disconnect wires from disassembled. ball nut rack (20) as shown in Fig. 8.
starter switch and light switch, then un Press new bushings (3, 11 and 17) into Turn the steering shaft until ball nut is
bolt and remove the rear hood assembly bores of respective housings until flush moved to top and install the right pit
with light switch and starter switch in to 0.8 mm {1/32 inch) below flush with man shaft (15-Fig. 6) and housing (4R)
stalled. Disconnect linkage from both outer edge of bore. Assemble parts assembly. The first tooth on right pinion
ends of the throttle cross shaft, then slide (6,7,8,9,12 and 13) onto pitman shaft (10) (15) should be aligned with the first
shaft from left side of tractor. Remove the and parts (6,8,9,12,13 and 16) onto pit valley on left pinion (10) as shown in Ftg.
complete air cleaner assembly and the man shaft (15) before inserting into 9. The flat identification boss on right
battery platform. Disconnect drag links housings (4L and 4R). Add more shims housing (4R-Fig. 6) should be toward
from both pitman arms, remove the six (12), if necessary, to remove all end play front when installed correctly.
retaining screws, then lift the steering from bearing. 1b adjust the backlash, rotate the right
gear from the tractor. Use grease to hold the eleven balls (19 pinion housing (4R) clockwise to end of
and 21) into each race, then insert shaft bolt slots and temporarily tighten re
taining screw. Rotate the left pinion
housing (4L) counterclockwise unlit all

Fig. 6-Exp/oded view of

typical manual steering gear
used on MF230 end some
MF235 models.
I IA!n pttman arm
2 Otl.eal
3. Buahmg
4L. IA!n plDIOD bOUiiog
4R Rtgbt pinion houAlng
6 "0" nog
6 Bt-anng
7 Len aleew
8. Snap nng
9 Chp
10 Len pttman shan Fig. 7-The snap ring musr be removed as shown
: gRetainer
:!ng before pllman shaft can be removed from housing.

14 Steering gear hou01ng

15 Rtght pitman shan
16 Rtght alee""
17 Buahmg
18 R1ght p1tman arm
19 Lower beanng
20 Shan & ball nut
21 Upper bearing
22 Shtma
23 "0" nng
24 Shan houstng
25 F1ll plug
26. Top bushtng

Fig. 8-The marked (3rd) tooth of the leh pinion

gear (10) should be aligned with the center valley
of reck (20).

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 6-9

backlash is eliminated, then tighten the Reinstall reservotr, refill with otl and
four housing retaining screws. Rotate recheck pressure after changmg relief
the right pinion housing (4R) counter valve setting.
clockwise until all backlash is removed
from the right pitman shaft, then POWER STEERING PUMP
lighten the four retaining screws. Check
for correct assembly by locating the The pump shown in exploded view Fig.
center (straight ahead) position of the 10 is used on diesel models; the pump in
steering shaft (20). With steering shaft Fig. 11 on gasoline models. Refer to the
straight ahead, the blank splines on both appropriate following paragraphs for
pitman shafts (10 and 15) should be service.
vertical. The small flat mounting boss
at rear of steering gear housing will also All Models
be vertical when installed on tractor. Fill
steering gear housing to level ofplug(25) 8. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Fig. 9-/nsta//the right pinion wllh first tooth (15)
aligned wllh first valley (10) on rhe other pinion.
with SAE 90 gear oil. Clean the area thoroughly before discon
necting any lines. Disconnect lines,
remove mounting screws and withdraw
When teinstalling, tighten retaining
bolts to 27 N m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque. Refill

POWER ASSIST STEERING SYSTEM reservoir with fluid and bleed au from
system as outlined in paragraph 6.

This section covers the power steering removing reservoir (27-Fig. 11) and Diesel Models
system available on Models MF230, turning screw (24). The relief valve on
MF235(except Orchard), MF240, MF245 models equipped with diesel engine is 9. OVERHAUL. Mark the pump
Vineyard and MF250. also adjusted after removing reservoir housing (8-Fig. 10) and reservoir (27)
(27-Fig. 10) and turning adjusting screw before removing reservoir. Filter (16) can
LUBRICATION AND BLEEDING (24). One full turn of relief valve screw be removed after reservoir. Remove nut,
should change pressure approximately gear(1), key and spacer (2). Establish the
All Models So Equipped 2100 kPa (300 psi) on Models MF230, setting of the relief valve plug(24) before
MF235 and MF245. On Models MF240 removing the plug. Remove the screws
6. Recommended oil for power steering and MF250, a pressure change of approx attaching body (17) and shield(20) to the
system is Massey-Ferguson Permatran imately 3100 kPa (450 psi) should result housing (8). Remove gears (10 and 11),
ill Oil. Check power steering reservoir from one turn of adjusting screw. Woodruff key (6), idler shaft (13) and pin
oil level with engine running after all air
is bled from system. Power steering
system capacity is approximately 0.95 L
(1 U.S. quart).
Air can be bled from power steering
system by running engine and cycling
ljteering from full left to full right., then
back to full left several times. Repeat. un
til there are no air bubbles present in oil
reservoir. Make certain oil level is main
tained during bleeding process to avoid
starving the pump of oil.



All Models So Equipped

7. A pressure test of steering hydraulic

system will disclose whether the pump
relief valve or some other unit in the
system is malfunctioning. 'lb check relief
pressure, install a "T" fitting at pump
pressure port, reattach pressure hose to
one port. of "T" and a 20000 kPa (3000
psi) pressure gage to the other port. Start Fig. 1o-.Explod< vt.w ofpower etHrlng pump liNd on llots. MF230, MF235 Mld MF245 zUIJIId
wfth dlael engine. Pump uNd on llots.l IIF240 Mld IIF25C .Jmller urpt d!MI eprl .,. liNd
on tfi'-f \'11/W end eprlng guide pin (23) I not UNd. It ehoM locrion of,. ,,. (P) end ffltum
engine and operate at 2000 rpm. Thrn
steering wheel to full turn in either
,,. (R).
direction and observe gage pressure I Gear 1n11
8 Hou 15. Gukt 22 Spnng
reading. Normal relief pressure is ap 2
Snap nng
9 NM<IIe boanngo
10. Drtv l;tftr
16. Filter
17 Body
23 Ptn
24 Rehef aa1Ju81mg plug
proximately 8300 kPa (1200 psi). 4 Boanng 11. On-.n goar 18 Dowol pmo 25. Nut
19. Gaket
The relief valve on models equipped
6 Shaf\ 12 Rm111 26 "0" rinil
6 Woodruff keys 13 Idler 1haf\ 20. Shaeld 27 Retervo1r
with gasoline engine is adjusted after 7 Sui 14 Pan 21 Rhef plunr 28 all plu:

Paragraphs 1 01 1 MASSEY-FERGUSON
(14). Remove snap ring (3), then bump shaft and gear assembly (11, 12, 13 and screws attaching body (17) to the hous
shaft(5) and bearing(4) out front ofhous 14). Position thin gasket (15) around ing (8) and remove body. Remove gears
ing bore. gears and locate body (17) over gears be (10 and 11), Woodruffkey (6), idler shaft

Inspect all parts for scoring, wea1 or ing careful not to damage the gasket. In (13) and pin (14). Remove nut, gear (1),
other damage and renew if necessary. stall the thicker gasket (19) and plate sleeve (2) and snap ring (3), then bump
Always renew all "0" rings, gaskets and (20) and tighten the assembly screws to shaft (5) and bearing (4) out front of
oil seal. 11-14 N m (8-10 ft.-lbs.) torque. Use care housing.
Install new oil seal (7) with lip facing when assembling relief valve(21, 22, 23, Install new seal (7) with lip toward rear
inward and front of seal flush with outer 24 and 25). Install the adjusting plug (24) of pump and front of seal flush with the
surface of housing. When renewing nee as near as possible to position from step in front of housing bore. Press new
dle bearings(9), press against numbered which it was removed. Reinstall pump bearings (9) into bores in body (17) and
side of bearing. Bearings should be and check relief pressure as outlined in housing (8) until bearing is just below
slightly below flush with machined sur paragraph 7. Oush. Press only on numbered side of
face of housing. Press bearing (4) onto bearing which should be toward gears
shaft (5), then install the shaft and bear Gasoline Models (10 and 11). Press bearing (4) onto shaft
ing in bore of housing (8). Install snap (5), then install the shaft and bearing in
ring (3), spacer (2), key (6) and gear (1), 10. OVERHAUL. Remove reservoir bore of housing (8). Install snap ring (3),
then install retaining nut. Install the cover (29-Fig. 11), filter (16), stud (30) spacer (2), key (6) and gear (1), then in
other key (6) in shaft and slide gear (10) and screw(31), then lift off reservoir(27). stall retaining nut. Install other key (6)
onto key (6) in shaft and slide gear (10) Establish the setting of the relief valve in shaft and slide gear (10) onto shaft
onto shaft over the key. Install the idler plug (24) before removing plug. Remove over key. Install the idler shaft and geru
assembly (11, 12, 13 and 14). Position
gasket (15) around gears and locate body
(17) over gears being careful not. to
damage gasket. Install and tighten

assembly screws to 11-14 N m (8-10 ft ..
lbs.) torque. Install relief valve (21, 22,
23 and 24). Install plug (24) as near as
possible to original location to facilitate
relief setting. Reinstall pump and check
relief valve presswe setting as outlined
in paragraph 7.



Models MF230-MF235-MF245

The steering gear assembly includes

the power steering control valve, power
assist piston and cylinder as well as
steering shaft, rack , and pitman shafts
necessary for manual steering.


To remove the power steering gear, first
remove the battery and the steering
wheel. Disconnect the oil pressure line
at gage and tachometer cable at both
ends, then remove the tachometer cable
and cable housing. Mark all wires to
facilitate reassembly, then disconnect all
wires from instrument panel gages.
Remove lights from panel gages and
disconnect fuel shut-off from injection
pump (diesel models). Remove the com
plete instrument panel with gages.
Disconnect wires from starter switch
and light switch, then unbolt. and
remove the rear hood assembly with
starter and light switches installed.
Disconnect linkage from both ends of the
Fig. 11-Exploded view of power steering pump used on Models MF230, MF235 and MF245 equipped throttle cross shaft, then slide shaft from
with gasoline engine. Inset shows location of pressure line {P) and return line (R). left side of tractor. Remove the complete
I Gear 9 N....Ue beanngs
2 Spa"'r 10 Dnvosear 17 Body air cleaner assembly and the battery
3 Snap nng 26. "0" nnga
II Onven gear 18 Dowel ptn platform. Clean the area thoroughly
4. Beanns 12 R onga 19 Gasket 26. "0" nnr
6 Shaft 13 Idler aha/\ 21 Reher plun:er 27. Reaervoor before disconnecting any power steering
6 Woodruff keya 14 Pm 22 Sprmgs 29 Cover
lines. Disconnect hydraulic lines and
7 S..ol 16 Guket 23. "0" rong 30. Stud
8. IIOUIJnl( 16 24. Reher adjusting plug 31. Serew plug all openings to prevent entrance of

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 1 2

dirt. Disconnect drag links from both pit Temporarily thread piston (27) and rack to place. Install washer (4-Fig. 12) with
man arms, remove the six retaining (32) onto shaft (31). Install lower snap chamfer down over snap ring. Install top
screws, then lift the steering gear from ring (3), lower thrust bearing (8,9 and 10) snap ring (3). Remove piston and rack
the tractor. and valve spool (18) onto shaft. The from shaft.
Reinstall reversing the removal pro groove inside valve spool (18) must be Install bearing housing (20) over shaft
cedure. Be careful to connect wires to in towards top (steering wheel) end of shaft.. being sure that "0" rings at (R) are
struments co1rectly. Bleed the hydraulic Install centering springs (12) and aligned with corresponding holes in con
system as outlined in paragraph 6 after plungers (11), then carefully install valve trol valve body. Install piston and rack
all lines are connected. Be sure that body (14). Install upper thrust bearing onto shaft. Install head (1) over shaft
pump is not allowed to operate without (10,9 and 8), shims (7), washers (6) and aligning scribe marks made prior to
fluid. snap ring (3). The centering springs will disassembly.
make it difficult to install the snap ring Install control valve, steering shaft,
12. OVERHAUL. To overhaul the into its groove, however, a 25x110 mm piston and rack assembly into the steer
removed unit, unbolt right side pinion (1x4-1/4 inch) piece of pipe can be used ing gear housing as shown in Fig. 15. Be
housing (49-Fig. 12) and remove pitman as shown in Fig. 14 to push snap ring in- careful not to damage piston seal ring,
shaft. (48), housing (49) and related parts.
Turn unit over and drain oil from hous
ing, then unbolt and remove the left pin
ion housing (44), pitman shaft (36) and
related parts. Mark control valve head
(1), valve body (14), bearing housing (20)
and steering gear housing (34) before
disassembly to facilitate correct
reassembly. Unbolt and remove control
valve housing, head, bearing housing,
steering shaft and rack unit. Unscrew
piston (27) and rack (32) as a unit from
shaft (31), then remove bearing housing
1b disassemble control valve and steer
ing shaft., use caution and carefuJly iden
tify parts as they a1e removed. Some
parts used may be slightly different than
shown in Fig. 12. Remove top snap ring
(3), washer (4) and seal (5). Remove sec
ond snap ring (3) and lift parts (6,7,8,9
and 10) from shaft. Remove valve body
(14) from valve spool (18). Be careful not
to lose or damage parts of plungers (11).
Remove return fitting and adapter (17),
being careful not to lose check ball (15).
Pitman shafts (36 and 48) and related
parts can be withdrawn from housings
(44 and 49) after snap ring (37) is re
moved as shown in Fig. 13.
Inspect all parts for wear or damage
and renew if necessary. Install new seal
(2-Fig. 12) in head (1) with lip of seal
towards valve body and end of seal flush
with edge of housing bore. Press new
bushings (35 and 45) into housings un
til flush to 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) below
flush with outer edge of bore. Lips of
seals (46) should face inward. Some
models use a washer and snap ring to re
tain seals (46) in housings. When renew
ing "0" rings (21 and 29) and seals (22
and 30) in bearing housing, be sure "0"
rings are installed under the seal rings.
Assemble lower snap ring (3), washers Fig. 12-Erploded view of power steering gear available on 111 MF230 models. all MF235 models ell
cepl Orchard end MF245 Vineyard models.
(6,8 and 10), bearings (9) and spool (18) I Heed usy 38 S pa<eT

onto steering shaft. Install shims (7) un 2 Seal 14 Valve body 26 Screwo 39 Bearlni
3 Snap nnp 16 Ball 27 Puu>n 40 Shu""
til upper snap ring (3) will just fit into 4 WuMr 16 o nnp 28. Puu>n nn11 41 Covu
6 Nylon teal 17 Adepur 29. o nnr 42 Snap nnc
groove in shaft. End play of spool (18) on 6 Weahera 30. Seal nng 43. o nng
Ill Valve tpool
shaft must be less than 0.076 mm (0.003 7 Shtml 19 o nn11 31 SU!enng ahan H Len ptnion houtng
8 R.c 20 Burmg houomg 32. Rack 46 Buthmg
inch). Remove upper snap ring, washers 9 Bcanng 21 o rma 33. Plug & o 46 Seal
and thrust bearing from shaft after cor 10 Thrun wuh<r 22 Seal nnil 34. Hou11ng 47 Len ptunan arm
II Plunger 23 o nng 35. Bu1hmg 48 Rleht paman 1han
rect end play is obtained. Install check 12 Sprmg 24 Beanng 36. Len plman thaft 4 9 RtghL ptnion houatnll
ball (15) and fitting (17) in valve body. 13 Ball 25 Valve 37 Snap ring 50 Rtghl pttman arm

Paragraphs 1 3 1 4 MASSEY-FERGUSON

clockwise to end of bolt. slots and tem using a suitable puller. Disconnect bat
porarily tighten retaining screw. Rotate tery cables and remove battery. Discon

the left pinion housing (44) counterclock nect fuse box mounting panel. Tag and

wise until all backlash is eliminated, disconnect electrical wiring between
then tighten the four housing retaining tractor wiring harness and instrument
screws. Rotate the right pinion housing harness. Remove lower instrument
(49) counterclockwise until all backlash panel. Disconnect tachometer cable.
is removed from the right pitman shaft, Disconnect hand throttle lever from
then tighten the four retaining screws. throttle linkage. Remove instrument
Check for correct assembly by locating panel mounting cap screws, then lift in
the center (straight ahead) position of strument panel off the steering column.
the steering shaft (31). With steering Remove pitman arms (30 and 49-Fig.
shaft straight ahead, the blank splines 18) using a suitable puller. Disconnect
on both pitman shafts (36 and 48) should hydraulic lines from power steering
be vertical. The small nat mounting boss valve. Remove cap screws attaching
Flf1. 13-Snep ring must removed from hous
Ing fore pltmen sheft cen wlthdrBwn.
at rear ofsteering gear housing will also steering box to the side support brackets
be vertical when installed on tractor. and to the transmission housing. Shtft
and be sure to maintain alignment of transmission into neutral, then remove
housings. Secure in position with re STEERING GEAR AND steering gear box with shift levers from
taining screws. CONTROL VALVE the tractor.
Assemble parts (37, 38, 39, 40, 41 and 1b reinstall steering gear box, reverse
42-Fig. 12) onto pitman shafts before Models MF240-MF250 the removal procedure while noting the
installing shafts into pinion housing. following special instructions: Apply
Adjust thickness of shims (40) as neces A recirculating ball type steering unit gasket maker compound to mounting
sary to remove all end play from bearing is used on these models. Twin pitman surface of gear box. Tighten pitman arm
(39). arms transmit steering wheel movement retaining nuts to 340 N m (250 ft.-lbs.)

'furn the installed steering shaft (31) to front wheels. The power steering con torque. Tighten steering wheel retaining
until the rack (32) is at bottom oftravel, trol valve is mounted on the steering col nut to 47 N m (35 ft ..Jbs.) torque.

position the steering gear housing (34) umn tube. The valve is manually
as normally installed on the tractor and actuated by movement of the steering 14. OVERHAUL STEERING
install the left pitman shaft and housing wheel to direct pressurized oil to two GEAR. 1b disassemble the removed
assembly. The fiat identification boss on double-acting cylinders attached to spin unit, fu-st disconnect and remove control
left housing should be down when in dle steering arms. valve (22-Fig. 18) from steering column.
stalled. The marked third tooth on left Remove plug from steering column (21)
pinion should be aligned with the center 13. REMOVE AND REINSTALL and drain oil from housing. Unbolt and
valley of the rack as shown in Fig. 16. STEERING GEAR. 1b remove steering remove cover plate (40) from housing.
Install retaining screws, then turn gear box, first remove steering wheel Withdraw the secondary pitman shaft
steering shaft until rack (32) is all the hub cap and nut. Remove steering wheel (37). Remove retainer plate {45) and
way up in housing. Align the first tooth shims (44). Unbolt and remove steering
on right pinion {48-Fig. 17) with first column assembly from housing. Remove
valley on left pinion (36) as shown. The primary pitman shaft (38) and steel ball
identification boss {B) on right housing (43). Unscrew ball nut (26) from steering
should be toward front as installed on shaft (25).
tractor. After correct alignment is ob Remove set. screw securing housing re
tained, the right side pinion housing can tainer (16). Slide retainer and felt seal
be temporarily removed (while main (15) away from steering shaft housing (9),
taining correct alignment) and housing then remove snap ring (20) from its
filled through opening to capacity with groove. Remove nut (5) and washer (6)
Massey-Ferguson Permtran Oil or from shaft. Remove acijustable race nut
equivalent. Install the right pinion {7), then lift housing (9)from shaft. Note
housing and right pitman shaft after
Fig. 15-AIIgn scribe merkl mede prior to
filling with oil. tflseuembly when essembllng control velve,
Acijust gear backlash as follows: Rotate 1teerlng sheft, piston end rBCk essembly.
the right pinion housing {49-Fig. 12)

Fig. 17-The ffnt tooth of the right pinion (48}

Fig. 14-A 25x110 mm (1114-114 1nch} pi- of pipe Fig. 16-The merked tooth of the left pinion (36) should meshed with flnt velley of left pinion
(P) cen be used together with steering wheel nut should be meshed with the center valley of rack (36). ldentlflcetlon bou on hou1lng l1 shown et
(N} to push snep ring (3) Into groove. (32). (8}.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 1 5
that 12 steel balls (10) are contained in in steering column oil ports. Tighten trol valve linkage as follows: Remove pin
the housing. Withdraw steering shaft valve mounting cap screws to 22-25 connecting control linkage tO valve
(25) from outer column (21). Remove felt N m (16-18 ft.-lbs.) torque. Acljust con- spool. 'l'urn steering wheel to the right
seal and retainer from column tube.
Inspect all parts for wear or damage
and renew if necessary. Replacement pit
man arm bushings (33,36,41 and 46) are
semi-finished and inside diameter must
be reamed to correct size after installa
tion. Attach cover plate to housing, then
ream each pair of bushings using special
tool number MF19A reamer. Thoroughly
clean housing after reaming to remove

all metal particles.
'Ib reassemble, position retainer (16)
with a new felt seal (15) on column tube.
Insert steering shaft. into tube. Assem
ble the 12 steel balls in outer race of
housing (9) using grease to hold balls in
place, then carefully slide housing over
steering shaft. Install acljustable race
nut (7) and tighten to 14N m (10 ft.lbs.)
torque, then loosen nut one flat. Install
washer (6) and locknut (5) to secure ad
justable race nut adjustment.
Thread ball nut (26) onto steering
shaft while assembling the 28 steel balls
into the nut. Turn the ball nut to top of
steering shaft threads. Assemble
primary pitman shaft. (38) into housing.
Use grease to hold steel ball (43) in place
in pitman shaft. Insert steering shaft in
to housing and rotate pitman shaft and
ball nut until steel ball is seated in the
ball nut. Note that ball transfer tube on
ball nut must be facing away from pit
man shaft. Install and tighten cap
screws attaching steering column tube
(21) to housing. Install retainer plate (45)
with extra shims (44) to ensure ball nut
free play. Turn steering shaft. until ball
nut is centered on shaft threads, then
remove shims as necessary until there
is no end play in ball nul but nut still
rotates freely. Install secondary pitman
shaft (37) and cover plate (40). Refill
housing with SAE 90 gear oil.
Install snap ring (20) into groove ofcol
umn tube. Secure retainer (16) to bear
ing housing (9) with the set screw. Install
control valve (22) with new "0" rings
and tighten mounting cap screws to
22-25 N m (16-18 ft.-lbs.) torque.
Reinstall steering box as outlined in
paragraph 13. Acljust power steering con
trol valve linkage as outlined in
paragraph 15.


CONTROL VALVE. 'Ib remove control
Fig. 18-Exploded view of steering gear .,,.mbly used on Models MF240 end MF250.
valve, first remove battery cover panel 14. Mounting pin 27. Ball (28 U&edl
I. Cop
and disconnect battery cables. Unbolt 2 Nut 15 Felt wuher 28. Tube 39. Guket
and remove instrument panel lower 3 Spacer 16 Ret.ainer 29 Nut 40 Side cover
4 Cover 17 Cover 30 Pitman arm, R H 41. BuaJunc
cover. Disconnect hydraulic lines and 18. Ball race

6 LknuL 31 See! 42 Plua

6 Wuher Ill Seal nng 32. Seal 43 Ball
control linkage from valve. Remove 7 A< rr.<e nuL 20 Snap nng 33 BualuDi 44 Shm

J mounting cap screws and remove valve 8 "0" nna 21 Steenng column tube 34 Houm"i 46. Ret.ainer plate
9 Bearing hou.<ing 22 Control valve 35. Plug 46 BIUllln&
from steering column.
'Ib reinstall valve, reverse the removaJ
10 Ball 02 uoed) 23 GukeL 36. Buahins 47. Seal
II Spacer 24 Oult aea.l 37 Secondary pttman 48. Seal
procedure. Be sure to renew "0" rings
12 NuL 26 St.eerlng ahal\ ahal\ 49 Pitman arm, L.H
13. Control valve linkage 26 Ball nul 38. Primary pitma.n lhaft 60 Nut

Paragraphs 1 6-1 7 MASSEY-FERGUSON
to remove all free play in steering box 1b reassemble valve, reverse the 1b disassemble steering cylinders, refer
without turrung the front wheels. Adjust disassembly procedure. Lubricate all to appropriate Fig. 20 or 21 and proceed
length of linkage until retaining pin can
be freely remserted in spool, then
remove pin and increase length of con
parts with oil during assembly.
Reinstall valve and adjust linkage as
outlined in paragraph 15.
as follows: Remove oil from cylinder by
working piston back and forth. Unscrew 4
trol link by unscrewing rod one full turn.
gland nut (13), then w1thdraw piston and
rod assembly and the inner tube (3) from
Reattach linkage to valve spooL Start STEERING CYLINDERS cylinder barrel (1). Unscrew piston (7)
engine and check for full power from rod (14), then remove remaining
assistance m both d1rections. Models MF240-MF250 components from rod.
Inspect all parts for wear, scoring or
16. OVERHAUL CONTROL 1 7 . R&R AND OVERHAUL. damage and renew if necessary. Renew
VALVE. 1b disassemble removed unit, Cylinders used on early models are re all seals and "0" rings.
remove snap rmg {16-Fig. 19), washers tained by nuts on ball ends to each end. To reassemble cylinder, reverse the
and felt seal (15). Remove end cover On later models. inner end of cylinder is disassembly procedure. Lubricate all
mounting sere then withdraw valve retained by a pivot pin. parts with oil before assembling.
spool (7) assembly with end cover (2) and
yoke (1). Unscrew yoke from spool and
separate springs and washers from spooL
Tap bypass valve piston (10), ball (12) and
spring (13) from valve body. Remove
relief valve spring and baH (17). Inspect
all parts for wear or damage and renew
if necessary. Renew all 0 rings when
" "

reassembling. Valve spool and body are Fig. 20-Exploded view of

available only as a matched set. early style power steering
cylinder used on Models
MF240 tnd MF250.
I Cyhn<kr barrtl
2 "0" nng
3 lnnortube
4 Dual cover
6. P11ton seal
6 "0" nng
7 Paton
8 o.. ....
10 o" nng
II Wuher
12 Scrapor """I
13 Oland nut
14 Pa1ton rod


Fig. 21-Exp/oded view of

Jete sry/e power steering
cylinder used on Models
MF240 end MF250. Refer to
Fig. 20 for legend except for
orifice plugs (15).

Fig. 19-Exploded view of ltHrlng control valve

used on Models MF240 and MF250.
1 Yoke 10 piaton
2 Cover plal.e II "0" nng
3 "0" rinp 12 Chock ball
4 Seal plug 13 Spnog
6 Spnnp 14 "0" nnga
6 Waaher 16 Wuh4!1'11 .t ftll Mal
7 Valve opool 16 Snap nng
8 Valve body 17 Relief velve eprina &
9 "0" ""i ball

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 8 22


This section covers the steering system
used on MF235 Orchard models and all
MF245 models except Vineyard.


Fig. 23-Exploded view of
one type of steering cylinder
All Models So Equipped used on Models MF23S and
MF245 equipped with
18. The hydrostatic steering hand hydrostatic steering system.
pump and steering cylinder assembly Refer to Fig. 22 for other type
cylinder and legend.
are lubncated by the operating fluid.
Massey-Ferguson Permatran m Oil is
recommended. The system is self
bleeding, but steering should be cycled
and reservoir refilled as often as
necessary until level stops dropping.


AND RELIEF VALVE steering cylinders are used on the same HYDROSTATIC HAND PUMP
tractor (Orchard models), both cylinders
should be alike. All Models So Equipped
All Models So Equipped
'lb disassemble the cylinder shown in
Fig. 22 or 23, remove oil from cylinder 21. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. 1b
19. Normal system relief valve
by working piston back and forth. remove the hydrostatic hand pump, first
pressure is approximately 8300 kPa
Remove rod end (1) and star washer, then remove the battery and the steering
(1200 psi) with engine operating at 2000
unscrew cap (7). Renew all seals when wheel. Disconnect. the oil pressure line
rpm. Refer to paragraph 7 for testing and
assembling. Heat Teflon rings in warm at gage and tachometer cable at both
adjust.i ng procedures.
oil to soften before installing. Install ends, then remove the tachometer cable
piston in inner tube (6) from end opposite and cable housing. Mark all wires to
STEERING CYLINDER hole {H-Fig. 23). Do not push piston and facilitate reassembly, then disconnect all
seal ring past the hole. Lip of scraper wires from instrument panel gages.
All Models So Equipped (9-Fig. 22 or 23) should be out. Lubri Remove lights from panel gages and
cate all parts before assembling. Tighten disconnect fuel shut-ofT from inject1on
20. OVERHAUL. Two types of steer cap (7) to approximately 400 N m (300 pump (diesel models). Remove the com
ing cylinders have been used. l f two ft.-lbs.) torque. plete instrument panel with gages.
Disconnect wires from starter switch
and light switch, then unbolt and
remove the rear hood assembly wilh
starter and light switches mstalled.
Disconnect linkage from both ends of the
throttle cross shall., lhen slide shaft. from
left side of tractor. Remove the complete
air cleaner assembly and the battery
platform. Clean the area thoroughly
Fig. 22-Exploded view of before disconnecting any powe1 steenng
one type of steering cylinder
used on Models MF235 end lines. Disconnect the four hydraulic lines
MF245 equipped with and plug all openings to prevent en
hydrostatic steering system. trance of d1rt, then unbolt and remove
Refer to Fig. 23 for other type the hydrostatic hand pump.
I Ball )Om nd
'lb reinstall, reverse the removal pro
2. Cyhndr borrel cedure. Be careful to connect wires to in
3 Rod & p111.0n
4. "0.. rnN struments conectly. Bleed the hydraulic
6 Seal ring system as outlined in paragraph 6 aner
6 Inner tub<>
7 End cap all lines are connected. Be sure that
8 Seal system is not allowed to operate without
9 Scroper
10 Seal rnjl fluid in reservoir.

Orchard Models

22. OVERHAUL. MF235 and MF245

Orchard models are equipped with a
Char-Lynn open center type hydrostatic
hand pump. The rotary valve sleeve

spool {17-Fig. 24) and housing (18) are screws evenly to 25 N m (220 m.-lbs.) then clamp fitting in a vise so input
available as a matched set only. torque. shaft (17) is pointing downward.Remove
To disassemble the removed unit, first Be sure pin slot in drive shaft (Fig.26) cap screws (39) and end cover (38).

remove cap screws (24) and withdraw end is aligned with a valley of inner rotor to
plate (23), gear set (21 ), spacer (20) and ensure correct timing of control sleeve. NOTE: Lapped surfaces of end cover (38),
drive link (19) as a urut. Unbolt and Ifdrive slot is improperly aligned, steer commutator set (33 and 34), manifold (32),
remove upper housing (5) and input shaft ing unit will operate in reverse or "kick stator-rotor set (31), spacer (29) and valve
(1) as a unit.Withdraw the control spool back" when hydraulic pressure is ap body (25) must be protected from scratch
and sleeve ( 1 7 ) as a unit from bottom end plied. Assemble drive link (19-Fig.24 ,)
of housing.Remove Teflon discs (11), then
lng, burring or any other damage as seal-
spacer (20), gea r set (21 ) and spacer (22) Ing of these parts depends on their finish
push pin ( 1 0 ) and centering springs (9) onto valve body. Note that. spacer (22) and flatness.
out of sleeve. Carefully slide spool should be flush with outer surface of
(splined end first) from sleeve <Fig. 25 ). gears if drive link is properly engaged Remove seal retainer (35) and seal
Insert a bent wire through port in valve with control spool pin. Install end cover (36), then carefully remove washer (37),
body and push plug (12-Fig. 24) from (23) and tighten reta ining cap screws commutator set (33 and 34) and manifold
body, then remove check valve seat (14) evenly to 17 N m (150 in-lbs.) torque.
(32). Grasp spacer (29) and lift ofT the
using an Allen wrench. Remove check spacer, drive link (30) and stator-rotor set
ball ( 1 5 ) and spring (16). MF245 Standard Models (31) as an assembly.Separate spacer and
Inspect centering springs (9) for cracks drive link from stator-rotor set.
or distortion and rene w if necessary. In 23. OVERH A U L . All MF245 models Remove unit from vise, then clamp fit
spect spacer plates (20 and 23 ) and gear except Orchard are equipped wit h the ting in vise so input shaft is pointing up
set (21 ) for wear o r scoring.Parts should hyd rostatic hand pump shown exploded ward. Place a light mark on flange of
be renewed ifmeasurable wear exists. In in Fig.27.The valve spool (22) and body upper cover (9) and valve body (25) for aid
spect control spool and sleeve and hous (25 ) are available only as a matched set. in reassembly. Unbolt. upper cover from
ing bore for nicks, scoring o r wea r. Ifany To disassemble the removed steering valve body, then grasp input shaft and
part is damaged, renew steering pump control valve assembly, install a fitting remove input shaft, upper cover and
assembly.Renew all "0" rings and seals. in one ofthe fou r ports in valve body (25), valve spool assembly. Remove and
When assembling the unit, tighten discard seal ring ( 1 0 .
) Slide upper cover
check valve seat ( 1 4 ) to a torque of 17 assembly from input shaft and remove

N m (150 in.-lbs.). Assemble spool in Teflon spacer ( 1 6 .) Remove shims (12)
sleeve making sure spool rotates from cavity in upper cover or from face
smoothly in sleeve. Align spring slots in of thrust washer (14) and note number
spool and sleeve, then insert centering
springs (two sets of three each) so
arched center sections are together as
shown in Fig. 25A. Insert pin {10-Fig.
2 4 ) into spool and sleeve assembly and
install a Teflon disc (11) at each end
of pin.
Install assembled control spool unit.
from bottom of valve body using a
twisting motion.Do not allow sleeve to
move beyond flush with machined sur
face of metering end of valve body.
Fig. 25-V/ew of control spool end sleeve
Install upper housing ( 5 ) with input.
assembly. Teflon discs (11) cover outer ends of
shaft ( 1 ) over splined end ofspool and on Internalpin. Withdraw spool from sleeve In direc-
to valve body. Tighten retaining cap tion of arrow (A).

Fig. 24-Exploded view of

Char-Lynn Orbltrof hydro Fig. 25A-Schemetfc end view of steering control
sleeve and spoof showing correct assembly of
static steering hand pump
used on MF235 and MF245 centering springs (S) end drive pin (P).
Orchard models.
1 lnpu\ohn
2. Snap rtngo
3. Snap nng
4. Bearing
6. Shnfl hou1ng
6. Quad rtnw
1. o ""H
8. Buohna
9 cnnng oprlng
10. Pm
1 1 Tenon d1oc
12 Plu11
13 "0. rtna
14 Ball-t
11> ChMk valv ball
16 Spr1ng
17 ConlrOl llJIOOI & "'""'e
18 Vohe houtmg
19 Onve hnk
20 Sp&<l'r pia
21 Gear eel
Fig. 26-When properly assembled, slot In end of
22. Spoc:er
23. End piau. drive fink must align with valley of Inner gear as
24. Cop ocrew shown to provfdo correct valve timing.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 23 Cont.
of shims for aid in reassembly. Remove tween rotor lobes and stator. If clearance put shaft and install pin (18). Pin must
snap ring (4) and seal assembly (8). is more than 0.15 mm <0.006 inch), be pressed mto shaft until end of pin is
Remove snap ring (13), thrust washers renew stator-rotor assembly. Using a about 0.8 mm (1 32 mchl below nush.
(14) and thrust bearing (15) from mput micrometer, measure thickness of stator Place spacer !16) over spool and install
shaft. Drive out pin (18) and withdraw and rotor. If stator is 0.05 mm <0.002 spool assembly mto valve body.
torsion bar (21) and spacer (20). Place inch) or more thicker than rotor, renew Position origmal shims (12) on thrust
end of valve spool on top of bench and the assembly. Stator, rotot, vanes and washer (14), lubricate new seal ring ClO),
rotate input shaft. until drive ring (19) vane springs are available only as an place seal ring in upper cover (9) and in
falls free, then rotate input shaft assembly. stall upper cover assembly. Align the
clockwise until actuator ball (23) is Before reassembling. wash all parts in match marks on cover nange and vulve
disengaged from helical groove in input clean solvent and air dry. All parts, body and install cap screws finger tight.
shaft. Withdtaw input shaft and remove unless otherwise indicated, are in Tighten a worm dnve type hose clamp
actuator ball. Do not remove actuator stalled dry. Install recirculating ball around cover nange and valve body to
ball retainmg spring (24) unless renewal (26-Fig. 27) and plug (281 with new "0" align the outer dtameters, then tighten
is required. ring(27l in valve body and tighten plug cap screws to a torque of 24-30 N m
Remove plug <28) and recirculating to a torque of 14,19 N m Cl0-14 ft..Jbs.). {18-22 ft.-lbs.l.
ball (26) from valve body. Thoroughly Clamp fitting (installed m valve body
clean all parts in a solvent, port) in a vise so top end of valve body NOTE: If either Input shaft (17) or upper
visually inspect. parts and renew any is facing upward. Install thrust washer cover (9) or both have been renewed, the
showing excessive wear. scoring or other (14), thrust bearing (15), second thrust following procedure for shimming must be
damage. washer (14) and snap ring (13) on input used. With upper cover Installed (with
Using a micrometer. measure lhick shaft (17). original shims) as outlined above Invert unit
ness of the commutator ring (33) and If actuator ball retaining spring (24) In a vise so Input shaft Is pointing
commutator (341. If commutator ring is was removed, install new retaining downward. Grasp Input shaft, pull downward
0.038 mm <0.0015 inch) or more thicker spring. Place actuator ball (23> in its seat and prevent It from rotating. Engage drive
than commutator, renew the matched inside valve spool (22). Insert input shaft link (30) splines In valve spool and rotate
set. into valve spool engaging the helix and drive link until end of spool is flush with end
Place the stator-rotor set (31) on the actuator ball with a counterclockwise of valve body. Remove drive link and check
lapped surface of end cover (38). Make motion. Use the midsection of torsion alignment of drive link slot to tors on bar pin.
certain that vanes and vane springs are bar (21) as a gage between end of valve Install drive link until Its slot engages tor
installed correctly in slots of the rotor. spool and thrust washer, then place the sion bar pin. Check relationship of spool end
assembly in a vertical position with end to body end. If end of spool Is within 0.0635
NOTE: Arched back of springs must con of input shaft resting on a bench. Insert mm (0.0025 Inch) of being flush with end of
tact vanes. drive ring (19) into valve spool until body, no additional shimming Is required.
drive ring is engaged on input shaft If not within 0.0635 mm (0.0025 Inch) of be
Position lobe ofrotor in valley of stator spline. Remove torsion bar gage. ing flush, remove cover and add or remove
as shown at fV- Fig. 28). Center opposite Install spacer (20) on torsion bar and shims (12) as necessary. Reinstall cover and
lobe on crown of stator. then using two insert the assembly into valve spool. recheck spool to valve body position.

feeler gages. measure clearance CCJ be- Align cross holes in torsion bar and in

16--:B 23
Wtth dnve lmk mstalled, place spacer

plate (29) on valve body with plain side

26 )1 1 2224
up. Install stator-rotor set over drive link
splines and align cap screw holes. Make

:J-..' 25
Fig. 27-Exploded view of
steering control valve
certain vanes and vane springs are prop-
assembly (hydrostatic hand
' pump) used on 1111ndard

MF245 models.
l Nul
4 Snp rn
8 a
9 Co>tr jupp:r

II Wuhtr
12 Sham
13 SIUip nn.:

14 Thruot "htr.
15 Thru1 l>tunn11
16 Teflon PMN

4-333 4 t:- ""11

17 Input ohafl

1 "'14
l Pan
19 Orj-e nnw

20 Spncor
21 Toroann bur
22 Valve pc10l

(fj--- 1 9
23 Ac:tuaiOr bdll

v- .
24 ReuunlnK 1pnn11

25 \"al boldy

26 R..:arcula1tn11 >loll

35 18
21 onn11
28 Plu,

36 IJ-20
29 Spe-r plat..

30 Dnvp ltnk

7 3
31 StaiOr Rotor AN

- 39 f-
32 Monafold

38 21 v
33 CGmmutatur r1ni
34 Commulatctt
35 nlmner
36 Fig. 28-With rotor positioned In stator at shown,
37 Waaher
38 End oovr clearances (C) must not exceed 0.15 mm (0.006
39 Cup ot11wa Inch). Refer to text.

Paragraphs 24-26 MASSEY-FERGUSON
erly mstalled. Install mamfold (32) with Remove unit from vise and remove fit Lubricate clutch shaft splines with
circular slotted side up and align cap ting from port. Turn unit on its side with lithium base grease before connecting
screw holes with stator, spacer and valve hose ports upward. Pour clean hydraulic engine to transmission. Install in reverse
body. Install commutatot ring (33) with nuid into inlet port, rotate input shaft of removal procedure. Fill and bleed
slotted side up, then install commutator
(34) over drive link end making certain
until nuid appears at outlet port, then
plug all ports until installation.
power steering system as outlined in
paragraph 6.

that link end is engaged in the smallest
elongated hole m commutator. Install
seal C36l and retainer (35). Apply a few CYLINDER HEAD
drops of hydraulic nuid on commutator. POWER STEERING PUMP
Use a small amount of grease to stick All Gasoline Models
washer C37) in position over pin on end All Models So Equipped
cover (38). Install end cover making sure 26. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
that pin engages center hole in com 24. The power steering hydraulic pump Drrun cooling system and remove hood.
mutator. Align holes and install cap used on models equipped with Shut off fuel, disconnect gage wire and
screws (39). Alternately and progressive hydrostatic power steering is the same remove fuel tank. Disconnect upper
ly tighten cap screws while rotating in as pumps used on tractors equipped with radiator hose from thermostat housing
put shaft Final tightening should be power assist steering systems. The pump and wire from temperature gage sending
24-30 N m 08-22 fl.-lbs.) torque. used on tractors with diesel engine is unit. Disconnect air cleaner hose, fuel
Relocate the unit in vise so input shaft shown in Fig. 10 and pump used on trac line, choke and throttle rod from car
is up. Lubricate new seal (8) and careful tors with gasoline engine is shown in buretor, then remove the carburetor.
ly work seal over shaft and into bore Fig. 11. Refer to paragraph 8 for removal Disconnect exhaust pipe on low exhausl
with lip toward inside. Install snap ring procedure and to appropriate paragraph models or remove muffier on vertical ex
(4) with rounded edge inward. 9 or 10 for overhaul procedure. haust models. Remove intake and ex
haust manifold, radiator brace, rocker
arm cover and the rocker shaft assembly.

CAUTION: Don't let push rods fall down

GASOLINE ENGINE AND COMPONENTS Into the cylinder block while removing the
rocker shaft assembly.

All gasoline models are equipped with models with power steering, disconnect Lift all eight push rods out, remove
Continental Z-145, four cylinder engine. lines and cover all hydraulic steering spark plugs, then loosen cylinder head

openings. Unbolt the front assembly and retaining screws in reverse of sequence


carefully roll away from tractor. Shut
fuel ofT at tank, unclip headlight wires
shown in Fig. 29. Remove the cylinder
head screws and lift. head off.

from side of tank, disconnect wire from Inspect cylinder for warpage, cracks
All Gasoline Models fuel gage sending unit, detach fuel line or other damage. Original thickness of
from shut off valve, then remove the fuel cylinder head is 86.52 mm (3.406 n i ch
25 First drain cooling system and, if tank. Disconnect battery ground strap es). Cylinder head may be machined up
engine is to be disassembled, drain oil and wires from alternator, starter motor, to 0.76 mm (0.030 inch) to obtain a nat
pan. Remove front grille panels and ignjtion coil and water temperature gage gasket surface.
disconnect battery cables. Remove fuel sending unit. Detach tachometer drive Install by reversing removal procedure
tank cap, radiator cap and hood. Discon cable and housing, air cleaner hose, and observing the following: Cylinder
nect headlight wires and pull wiring breather tube, throttle rod, choke cable, head gasket is marked "BOTTOM"
free. Disconnect both radiator hoses, engine oil pressure line and muffier (or which should be toward block. New
radiator brace and, on models so equip exhaust pipe). Disconnect the power gasket should need no sealer; however,
ped, hydraulic oil Jines and front steering lines along left side of cylinder if difficulties with gasket seaJmg are en
mounted pump. Support tractor at front head on models so equipped. Attach a countered, coat both sides of gasket with
of transmtssion. Position wedge blocks hoist to engine, be sure that all wires, heat resisting aluminum paint or ap
between front axle and axle support. lines, hoses and rods are out of the way, propriate sealer immediately before
Support the front end assembly at front then unbolt and separate engine from assembling. Tighten the cylinder head
and rear. Disconnect drag links and transmission. retaining cap screws in sequence shown
radius rods at rear of models so equip in Fig. 29. Tighten the screws evenly, in
ped. On models with drag links, attach NOTE: Separating and joining engine to creasing torque in 15-20 N m (10-15 ft..
drag links to axle so wheels will be

transmission is more easily and more safe lbs.) increments until the final torque of
straight ahead and will not turn. On ly accomplished using guide studs. 95-102 N m (70-75 ft. Jbs.) is obtained.

Be careful not to permit push rods to fall

into block while installing rocker arm
assembly. Make sure that caps are in
Fig. 29-Cy/lnder he11d ret/lin
Ing Clip screws should be position on all valve stems.
loosened In reverse of Tighten rocker arm shaft support
tightening sequence shown. screws to 27-34 N m (20-25 ft.-lbs.)

Tighten screw In 15-20 Nm

torque. Adjust valve clearance cold to
(10-15 ft.lbs.) Increments In
0.33 mm (0.013 inch) for intake and 0.38
mm (0.015 inch) for exhaust. Tighten in
order Jhown unU/ final torque
of 95102 Nm (70-75 ft.-lbs.)
Is reached. take and exhaust manifold screws to
34-40 N m (25-30 ft. Jbs.) and spark

plugs to 43-52 N m (32-38 ft.-lbs.) torque.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 27-29

Retorque cylinder head retaining cap VALVES AND SEATS mm (0.003-0.005 inch) mterference lit
screws to 95-102 N m {70-75 ft.-lbs.) and Intake valve face and seat angle is 30.
readjust valve clearance to "Hot" setting All Gasoline Models Exhaust valves have a face angle of 44
after engine has been started and and seat angle of 45 to provide the
reaches operating clearance. Refer to 28. Intake valves seat directly in recommended 1 , mterference angle.
following paragraph for valve clearance cylinder head and valve stems are equip Desired seat width is 1.6-2.4 mm
adjustment procedure. ped with neoprene oil seals. Positive type (1116-3/32 inch) for all valves. Seats can
valve stem seal kit is available; however, be narrowed using 15' and 75 stones.
27. VALVE CLEARANCE AD valve guides must be machined to accept
JUSTMENT. The recommended valve seal. Exhaust valves have renewable VALVE GUIDES
clearance with engine cold is 0.33 mm seat inserts and stems are equipped with
(0.013 inch) for intake valves and 0.38 positive type valve rotators <Rotocapsl. All Gasoline Models
mm (0.015 inch) for exhaust valves. Replacement exhaust valve seat in
Recommended clearance with engine hot serts are provided in 0.25 mm (0.010 29. The presized intake and exhaust
{normal operating temperature) is 0.28 inch) oversize only. When renewing valve guides are interchangeable. Inside
mm {0.011 inch) for intake valves and the seal inserts, remachine cylinder diameter of new gllldes is 8.019-8.057
0.33 mm {0.013 inch) for exhaust valves. head so insert counterbore measures mm <0.3157-0.3172 mchl. Inner bore of
Valve clearance can be adjusted as 31.991-32.017 mm (1.2595-1.2605 inch new guides has a fine, spiral groove or
follows: es) to provide recommended 0.08-0.13 rifling which gives guide an unfinished
Remove timing plug from left side of appearance upon inspection, but guide
cylinder block and turn crankshaft un must not be reamed. 'Ib renew the
til top dead center timing mark me guides, press old guides downward out of
Fig. 31) is aligned with timing notch in cylinder head using a piloted mandrel
housing as shown. Check rocke1 arms for Press new guide in from the top until
No. 1 and No. 4 cylinders. If rocker arms distance (A-Fig 34l measured from
on No. 4 cylinder are tight, No. 1 cylinder rocker arm cover gasket surface to top
is on compression stroke and valves in of gu1de is 2.38 tnm 13/32 inch).
dicated in Fig. 32 can be adjusted. If Valve stem diameters and clearance
rocker arms on No. 1 cylinder are tight, limits in guides are as follows:
No. 4 cylinder is on compression stroke
and valves indicated in Fig. 33 can be ad Valve Stem Diameter-
justed. After adjusting the four valves in Intake . . . . . . . . . . . 7.978-7.998 mm
dicated in appropriate Fig. 32 or 33, <0.3141-0.3149 1n.)
rotate crankshaft one complete turn and Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . 7 935-7.955 mm
adjust clearance of the remaining four (Q 3124-0.3132 tn.)
valves. Fig. 31-AIIgn the "DC" flywheel marie with notch Clearance-
as shown when adjusllng valve clearance as Intake . . . . . . . . . . 0.021-0.079 mm
described In paragraph 27.
(0.0008-0.0031 in.)
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . 0.064-0.122 mm
C0.0025-0.0048 in.)


Fig. 3o-Exploded view of

cylinder head. Rocker arms
should be IISsembled with
offset as shown In Fig. 36.
I Cyhndr head

Fig. 32-With "DC'' timing mark aligned es flown

2 Intake ,-aln in Fig. 31 end No. 1 piston on compression stroke,
3 \'ahe gutde
Puh rod adjust the Indicated valves Tum crankshaft one
6 Exhau&t vaiH complete revolullon untll tlmlng marks ere again
6 Exhaust ,-eht .cat aligned as shown In Fig. 31, refer to Fig. 33 end
7 Valve 8Jlnng adjust remainder of valves.
8. E>.hauaL ''81ve roLntnr cap
9. Intake volvo """I & cop
10 Ehut ''slve ke\'1"1
II Intake volvt ketr
12 F.xhauot 'ah.- cap
13 lntah vah cap

I I f
Fig. 33-Wilh "DC" liming mark aligned es shown
In Fig. 31 and No. 4 piston on compression sllolle,
adjust the Indicated valves.

Paragraphs 30-34 MASSEY-FERGUSON

VALVE STEMS 8 7 6 4 3 12 14 15 16 18 19 20

All Gasoline Models

30. Intake and exhaust valve springs

are interchangeable. Springs should be
installed with damper end (closely Fig. 36-Drawlngs showing
wound coils) towards cylinder head. the offnt of rocker arms and
Instel/at/on of pin (2) In notch
Renew any spring that is rusted, (N) of the third brecket (3).
discolored, distorted or does not test Refer to Fig. 35 for legend.
w1thm 10 percent of the following test
specifications: Free length should be ap
proximately 52.39 mm (2-1116 inches).
Spring pressure should be 209-235 N
C47-53 pounds) when compressed to 43.25
mm Cl-45 64 inches) and 427-462 N
(96-104 pounds! when compressed to
36.12 mm C l-27/16 inches).

CAM FOLLOWERS notch (N) in front face of the thjrd sup

VALVE ROTATORS port bracket (3). Begin assembly by in
All Gasoline Models stalling pin in notch of bracket as shown
All Gasoline Models in Fig. 36. Install one rocker arm (4-Fig.
32. The mushroom type cam followers 35) stamped "7R", spring (5), rocker arm
31. Normal servicing of the positive (tappets) operate directly in machined (6) stamped "81:', another bracket (7),
type exhaust valve rotators ("Rotocaps") bores of the cylinder block and are another rocker arm (8) stamped "7R",
cons1sts of renewing the units. It is im available only in standard size of short spring (9), washer (10) and cotter
portant, however, to observe the valve ac 14.262-14.275 mm (0.5615-0.5620 inch). pin (11) to the short end of shaft. Install
tion after valve is assembled. The valve Clearance in bore should be 0.013-0.046 remaining parts to longer end of shaft
rotator can be considered satisfactory if mm (0.0005-0.0018 inch). as shown in Figs. 35 and 36. Rocker arms
the valve turns a slight amount each The cam followers can be removed from (4,8,14 and 18) are alike and stamped
time the valve opens. below after removing camshaft as out "7R". Rocker arms (6,12,16 and 20) are
lined in paragraph 36. Cam followers alike and stamped "81:'. Springs (5,13
should be reinstalled in their original and 17) are identical as are support
positions ifbeing reused. Cam followers brackets (3,7,15 and 19). Short spring (9
should be renewed if camshaft is or 21), washer (10 or 22) and cotler key
renewed. (11 or 23) are used at each end.


All Gasoline Models All Gasoline Models

33. Rocker arm bushings are not 34. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
renewable. Renew rocker arms and/or First separate t.he fr-ont system from the
Fig. 34-When renewing velve guides, distance (A) shafl if clearance between shaft and engine as follows: Drrun cooling system,
from top of guide to rocker cover gasket surlace bushing is not within limits of remove front grille panels and discon
should be 2.38 mm (3132 Inch). 0.013-0.046 mm (0.0005-0.0018 inch). nect battery cables. Remove fuel tank
Rocker shaft is positioned by locating pin cap, radiator cap and hood. Disconnect
{1-Fig. 35) in shaft (1) which fits in a headlight wires and pull wiring free.
Disconnect both radiator hoses, radiator
brace and, on models so equipped,
Fig. 35-Exploded view of hydraulic oil lines and front mounted
rocker erm assembly. 011 pump. Support tractor at front of
holes (H) must be towerd
valve side end rocker arm transmission. Position wedge blocks be
must be offset as shown In tween front axle and axle support. Sup
Fig. 36. All brackets have port the front end assembly at front and
notch (N), but pin (2) engages rear. Disconnect drag links and radius
notch In third bracket (3).
rods at rear of models so equipped. On
models with drag links, attach drag
10 Washer
II. Cotter pin
links to axle so wheels will be straight
12 Rocker arm "SL" ahead and will not turn. On models with
13 Sprlng
14 Rocker arm "7R" power steering, disconnect lines, remove
15 Brket the power steering pump and cover all
16 Rocker arm "SL"
17 Spnng hydraulic steering openings. On all

18 Rocker ann '7R" models, unbolt the front assembly and
19 Bracket
20. Rocker arm "8L' carefully roll away from tractor.
I Shall 4 Rockr arm '7R" 7 Bracket 21. Short sprmg
Remove the fan belt and crankshaft
2 Pm 5 Spnn11 8. Rocker arm "7R" 22. Waahe.r
3 Bracket 6 Rocker arm "8L" 9 Short sprong 23. Cotter pon pulley. Detach the spring and rod from

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 35-37

the governor control lever. Unbolt the Correct backlash between crankshaft screws securing camshaft thrust plate
timing gear cover from engine block and and 011 pump gears IS 0.0890.107 mm { 18-Fig. 38) to engme block and
oil pan, then carefully pull cover forward (0.0035-0.0042 inch). withdraw camshaft from front of engine.
off dowels. During installation, mesh the single All camshaft journals ride directly in
The crankshaft front oil seal can be punch marked tooth on crankshaft gear machined bores in the cylinder block.
renewed at. this time. Press seal out, do with the double punch marked tooth Normal diam<'lral clearance is
not pry, to prevent damage to cover. Press space on camshaft gear (Fig. 37). mm 10.0025-0 0045 inchl.
new seal into position from inside with Heating camshaft gear in oil or in an Renew camshaft an<Lor cylinder block if
lip toward inside. The inside edge ofseal oven to approximately 149C (300 Fl clearance exceeds 0.18 mm 0.007 inchl.
should be flush with rear of seal bore in will facilitate gear installation. Remove Camshaft journal diameter is
cover. oil pan and support camshaft in a for 45.92-45.95 mm (1.808-1.809 inches! for
Install cover by reversing removal pro ward position while gear is being in front journal, 44.34-44 36 mm
cedure. Be sure that driving lug (L-Fig. stalled to prevent loosening and leakage (1.7455-1.7465 inchcsl for center journal
37) on governor cup is at 6 o'clock posi of camshaft rear plug. and 42.75-42.77 nun (1.683-1.684 inches)
tion before installing cover. Trim the Tighten the camshaft gear retaining for rear journal. Camshaft end play is
gasket between cylinder block and cover nut to a torque of 951 08 N m <70-80 controlled by thrust plate C18) and is nor
until ends are flush with cylinder block. ft..Jbs.). mally within a range of0.076-0.178 mm
Sealing between the timing gear cover W.0030.007 inch). Th1ckness of thrust
and oil pan is more easily accomplished CAMSHAFT plate when new IS 3.7353.785 mm
by installing oil pan with new gasket <0.147-0.149 inch).
after cover is installed. Tighten the tim All Gasoline Models
ing gear cover to engine block screws to ROD AND PISTON UNITS

34-40 N m C25-30 ft..Jbs.l torque, and the 36. 1b remove the camshaft, first
oil pan to timing gear cover screws to remove camshaft timing gear as outlined All Gasoline Models
16-22 N m 02-16 ft..lbs.l torque.
in paragraph 35. Remove fuel tank,
rocker arm cover, rocker arms and shaft 37. Connecting rod and piston umts
TIMING GEARS assembly and push rods. Remove the ig. are removed ftom above after temoving
nition distributor and oil pan. Block up cylinder head and oil pan. Correlation
or support the cam followers. Remove the marks on rod and cap should be in
All Gasoline Models

35. Timing gears can be renewed after

removing timing gear cover as outlined
m paragraph 34. Withdraw governor
race and shaft assembly from camshaft.
Remove nul retaining camshaft gear to
camshaft and lift off the governor ball
driver assembly. Remove liming gea1s
using suitable puller. Be careful not to
damage governor shaft bore in camshaft
when pulling camshaft gear.
Recommended backlash between
crankshaft and camshaft gears is
0.03-0.05 mm <0.001-0.002 inch). Gea1s
are available in standard size, undersizes

and oversizes. Gears are marked "S"

(standard), "U" (undersize) or "0" (over
size) and the number "1" or "2"
denotmg 0.001-0.002 inch oversize or

Fig. 38-Exploded view of cylinder block and associated perts

I Ool ohngtr lh Thnm pial
2 Crankhaf\ gear 7 s...ronM loners 12 8toor1n1 hn.,..,. 19 Cam.sluJl per
3 Crankohaf\ 8 Ma1n boanng cap 13 l'lywhl 20 Go\.crno>r "'f'lttht un1t
Fig. 31-VIew of timing merks on camshaft gear 1 011 pump 9 !kann loners 15 P1lo1 beanng 21 Nut
end crankshaft geer aligned. Lug (L) should be at Shom p<trk 10 Rorlng <Bp 16 ltcor o1l """I retam<r 22 Go't'rrnJr cup
6 o'clock position before cover Is Installed. 6 Mam h<-11nn rop I I Seal Olnp 17 Camh"f\ 23 Cyhndcr bln<k

Paragraphs 38-40 MASSEY-FERGUSON

stalled facing camshaft. s1de of engine.

Replacement rods are not marked but
should be stamped with cylinder number
before installation, on side of rod op
posit.e the oil spray hole. Piston skirts are
notched at lower edge; notch is to be in
Fig. 40-Notches (N) In bot
stalled to f1ont of engine when unit is tom of sleeves are tor con
reassembled. nectlng rod c/earnce and
Tighten the connecting rod cap screws should be at right angles to
to a torque of 5461 N m (40-45 ft. lbs.).
crnkshaft as shown.


All Gasoline Models

38. Pistons are available in standard

size only, and are available only in a kit side of ring marked by dot or by bevel Use a suitable puller to remove the wet
which includes piston, pin, rings and cut away should be toward top of piston. type cylinder sleeves. Clean all surfaces
sleeve for one cylinder. Piston is cam The second and third compression rings of cylinder block which contact sleeve or
gl"OUnd. are taper faced and should be installed sleeve seals.
If piston and/or sleeve are scored, if with side marked by dot toward top. In Install sleeve into cylinder block bore
piston ring grooves or pin bore are worn stall oil ring expander in groove first, before installing any seal rings to check
or damaged, or if cylinder wall taper ex then install rails w1th gaps 50 mm (2 in for sleeve standout <Fig. 41). Select the
ceeds 0.20 mm (0.008 inch), renew piston ches) from the gap m expander. Gap in necessary thickness of shims to provide
and sleeve assembly. one rail should be to left., other to right 0.030.10 mm (0.001-0.004 inch) stand
Piston ring kits are available separate of gap in expandet. out. Measure distance using a
ly. Kits are marked for correct piston 'Ib install rings (S) for use in used straightedge and feeler gage and be sure
ring installation. Refer also to Fig. 39 for cylinder sleeves, observe the following: that sleeve is fully seated without nicks,
correct installation of rings. The chrome plated top ring is taper burrs or foreign material preventing
Recommended piston ring end gap is faced. Install top ring with dot or bev complete installation. Excessive or insuf
0.250.50 mm (0.0100.020 inch) for all eled inside diameter toward top of piston. ficient standout will both cause water
rmgs. Recommended side clearance in The second compression ring should be leakage.
ring groove is 0.090.13 mm installed with beveled inside diameter After sleeve standout has been
(0.00350.0050 inch) for top ring; or dot toward top. The third compression checked, install sealing rings at bottom
0.090.14 mm (0.00350.0055 inch) for ring should have expander behind ring of sleeves. Make sure that seal rings are
second and third compression rings. and the relief cut into outside diameter not twisted, then lubricate seals with
Renew piston and sleeve assembly if side of ring should be down. The expander for petroleum jelly. Press sleeves into place
clearance of top ring exceeds 0.19 mm the bottom oil control ring should be in being careful not Lo damage or lose
(0.0075 inch), or 0.20 mm (0.008 inch) for stalled first, followed by the two rails. shims. Notches (N-Fig. 40) should be
second or third compression rings. One rail should have end tap 50 mm (2 perpendicular to crankshaft as shown.
Refer to Fig. 39 for installation of inches) to left of expander ends, the other
piston rings in grooves. The piston rings rail should have end gap 50 mm (2 in PISTON PINS
shown at (P) are for use in new sleeves, ches) to right.
and l"ings (S) are for service in worn The cylinder sleeves have notched All Gasoline Models
sleeves. Th install rings (P) for new reliefs at bottom for connecting rod
sleeves observe the following: The top clearance. The relief notches should be 39. The full floating piston pins are re
ring IS chrome plated, taper faced and at right angles to crankshaft centerline tained in piston bosses by snap rings.
may have inside diameter beveled. The as shown in Fig. 40. Piston pins are available in standard size
and 0.08 and 0.13 mm (0.003-0.005 inch)
oversizes. Recommended clearance for
piston pin in both the connecting rod and
piston is mm (0.0002-0.0006
inch). Standard piston pin diameter is
21.821-21.826 mm (0.8591-0.8593 inch).
Hone new bushings to 21.831-21.836
mm (0.85950.8597 inch) after installa
tion in connecting rod.
Fig. 39-Draw/ng showing
crosssect/on of rings show
lng COffiiCt Installation. Pro
duct/on rings (P) are used CONNECTING RODS AND
with new sleeves and service
rings (S) are Installed In BEARINGS
sleeves which have been
used. II ring Is marked with All Gasoline Models
dot, the dot should be toward
40. Connecting rod bearings are of the

precision type, renewable from below

after removing oil pan. When installing
new bearing shells, make sure that the
projection engages the milled slot in rod

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 4 1 -42

Crankpin Diameter-
Standard . . . . . 49.187-49.213 mm
(1.9365-1.9375 in.)
Rod Bearing
Clearance . . . . 0.015-0.079 mm
<0.0006-0.0031 in.)

. .
Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . 0.105 mm
Fig. 41-Use 11 straightedge
and feeler gage to measure (0.0041 in.)
cylinder sleeve standout. Rod Cap T01que . . . . . . 54-61 N m
(40-45 ft. Jbs.)

Flywheel Torque . 95-102 N m

(70-75 ft..Jbs.)


All Gasoline Models

42. The crankshaft rear oil seal

(16-Fig. 38) is contained in a one-piece
and cap and that rod and cap correlation inch), or are out-of-round more than retainer and serv1ced only as an
marks are in register. Replacement. rods 0.038 mm (0.0015 inch). Renew or assembly. To renew the seal, first
are not marked and should be stamped straighten crankshaft if runout {total in separate engine from transmission case
with cylinder number on side away from dicator reading) exceeds 0.076 mm as outlined in paragraph 112 and remove

are are
oil spray hole. Correlation marks should (0.003 inch), checked at center main the flywheel. Remove the oil pan and the
be on camshaft side of block when rods journal. two cap screws securing rear sea re
installed. Bearings are available in Specifications as follows: tainer to mam bearing cap; remove the
undersizes of 0.05, 0.25 and 0.50 mm Main Journal Diameter- three remaining cap scre,vs and lift off
(0.002, 0.010 and 0.020 inch) as well as Standard . . . . . . . 57.125-57.150 mm the oil seal and retamer unit.
standard. Specifications are as follows: (2.249-2.250 in.J Apply a light coating of oil to seal lip,

Main Bearing and apply gasket sealer to mounting
Crankpin Clearance . . . . . . . . . 0.013-0.081 mm gasket. Position seal retainer with the

. . . . . . . 49.187-49.213 mm (0.0005-0.0032 in.) two threaded holes down. Renstall cap

(1 .9365-1.9375 in.l Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . 0.107 mm screws and tighten evenly to a torque of

. . . ..
Bearing Clearance . . 0.015-0.079 mm (0.0042 in.) 11-14 N m (8-10 ft.-lbs.J. Complete the

<0.0006-0.0031 in.) Main Cap Torque . . . . . 115-129 N m assembly by reversing the disassembly
Wear Lim1t . . . . . . . . . 0.105 mm (85-95 ft.-lbs.l procedure.
(0.004 in.)
Rod Side Clearance . . . . 0.13-0.28 mm
(0.005-0.011 in.)
Rod Bolt Thrque . . . . . . . . 54-61 N m

{40-45 ft.-lbs.)


All Gasoline Models

Fig. 42-Exploded view of
4 1 . The crankshaft is supported in engine oil pump and
associated parts used on

three precision insert type main bear Continental gasoline engine.
ings. The rear main bearing cap I Iaon beanng cap

(10- Fig. 38) contains sealing strips (ll) 2 Shtm pock
3 Pump
on each side of cap in addition to rear 4 BWihtng
5 Dnven gear
seal {16). Bearing inserts available 6 Cakt
in undersizes of 0.05, 0.25 and 0.50 mm 7 Cover
B. Idler geur
(0.002,0.010 and 0.020 inch) as well as
9 Shnft
standard size. Normal crankshaft end 1 0 Relif valv plunger
I I Sprmg
play of 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 inch) 12 Sprong seal
is controlled by the flanged center main 13 AdJus\tng hum
14 Cottor pon
bearing inseri.s (9). 15 Drtve gear
1b remove crankshaft, it is necessary 16 Ret.aomng I!CTI'"
to remove engine, clutch, flywheel, rear
oil seal, timing gear cover, oil pan, oil
pump main bearing and connecting rod to- ,"-14
t3 c::::-:
Renew or regrind crankshaft if either
main jour-nals or crankpins are worn tt

more than 0.025 mm (0.001 inch), are
tapered more than 0.025 mm (0.001

Paragraphs 4347 MASSEY-FERGUSON

All Gasoline Models

43. Th remove the flywheel, separate

engine from transmission case as out

lined in paragraph 112 and remove the Fig. 44-Exploded view of
clutch. The starter ring gear can be typical carburetor. Parts
renewed after removing the flywheel. Th shown In squares ere major
install a new ring gear, heat gear even differences for smeller cer
burttor used on MF230
ly to approximately 232C (405F) and models.
install on flywheel with beveled edge of 1 Throule piBle
teeth facing front of engine. 2 Throttle shan
3 Idlepeed sere"'
One flywheel mounting stud is off 4 Throule body
center so flywheel can only be installed 5 ldl mtxture n...l.d <
6 Idle Jet
m the correct position. T ighten the 7 Fuel tnlet It & -t
flywheel retaining screws to a torque of 8 float ohafl
9 Float
95-102 N m (70-75 ft. Jbs.J. 10 Ventun
I I A & liB. MatnJel
12 Plug
OIL PUMP 13 Float chamber
14 Well vent
15 Mom dtocharge }1'1
All Gasoline Models 16 Choke valve

44. The gear type oil pump s i mounted

on the bottom of front main bearing cap
and is gear driven from crankshaft tim
ing gear. Pump is accessible after oil pan

- " .
is removed. Shims (2-Fig. 42) control the
backlash of oil pump drive gear (15). 12
Recommended backlash is 0.089-0.107
mm (0.0035-0.0042 inch). If backlash is
not as specified, vary the thickness of RELIEF VALVE CARBURETOR
shim pack (2). Be sure that main cap is
tightened to recommended torque of All Gasoline Models All Gasoline Models
115-129 N m (85-95 ft.lbs.J when check
ing backlash. 45. The plunger type oil pressure 46. ADJUSTMENT. Zenith car
Check pump internal gears (5 and 8) relief valve (10 through 14-Fig. 42) is buretors are used on all models. The
for backlash, which should be 0.03-0.13 located in oil pump body. Normal smaller OE3435 carburetor (B-Fig. 43)
mm (0.001-0.005 inch). End play ofgears operating oil pressure should be not less is used on MF230 models, while 13795
with a 0.18 mm (0.007 inch) thick gasket than 50 k.Pa (7 psi) at low idle and i used on MF235 and MF245 models. In
(6) installed, should be 0.050. 10 mm 140-205 kPa (20-30 psi) at 1800 rpm. itial setting of idle mixture needle (1) is
(0.002-0.004 inch). Recommended Reliefvalve setting si adjustable by vary 2 to 2-112 turns open from closed position
diametral clearance between gears and ing the number of adjusting shims (13). on the smaller carburetor, 5/8 to 3/4 turn
pump body is 0.08-0.10 mm (0.003-0.004 The relief valve spring (11) should have open for the larger 13795 carburetor (A).
inch). If clearance exceeds 0.13 mm a free length 49.2-52.4 mm (1-15/16 t.o Final adjustment should be made with
<0.005 inch), renew gears and/or body. 2-1/16 inches). Spring should test 57.3- engine operating at. normal temperature.
When installing pump cover (7), 59.5 N (12.9-13.3 pounds) when com After mixture iscorrectly set, adjust. low
tighten retaining screws to 11-14 N m pressed to working length of 34.9 mm idle speed to 725-775 rpm for all models.
(8-10 ft.-lbs.). Refer to paragraph 45 for (1.375 inches).
information on pressure relief valve. 47. OVERHAUL. Zenith OE3435 car
buretor used on MF230 model tractors
is smaller and slightly different than the
13795 carbUJelor used on MF235 and
MF245 model tractors. Refer to Fig. 43.
Th disassemble the removed car
buretor, ftrsl clean out.side with a
suitable solvent. Remove the screws re
Fig. 43-Cerburetor (A) Is taining throttle body (4-Fig. 44) to fuel
Zenith 13795 used on MF235 bowl (13) and remove fuel bowl. Remove
end MF245 models. Car float shaft (8), float. and inlet valve
buretor (8) Is Zenith OE3435 needle.
used on MF230 models.
I. Idle mtxturo
2. Idle rpHd top ocrow NOTE: Float shaft (8) Is a tight fit In slot
3 Throttlo rm
4 Choharm ted side of hinge bracket and should be
removed from opposite side.

Remove venturi (10), inlet valve seal

and idle jet (6) from throttle body.
Remove idle adjusting needle (5). Remove

plug (12), discharge jet (15), main jet be used as gages as shown. Ifadjustment speed stop screw (2-Fig. 4 3 t to obtain
(llA) and well vent jet (14) from fuel is required, carefully bend float arms us correct idle speed of725-775 rpm. Adjust
bowl. Remove throttle and choke valves, ing needle nose pliers or a bending tool, mixture needle to obtain highest
shafts and packing. keeping the two halves of float parallel smoothest idle, then readjust idle speed
Discard all gaskets and packing and and equal. Check idle mixture and idle if necessary.
clean remainder of parts in a suitable speed adjustments after installation as Stop engine and disconnect carburetor
carburetor cleaner. Rinse in clean outlined in paragraph 46. link (1-Fig. 48) from governor arm (2).
mineral solvent and blow out passages Move hand throtlle lever to maximum
in body and bowl with compressed air. GOVERNOR (fast) position to create tension on spring.
Renew all gaskets and packing and any Move carburetor rqd (1) to wide open
other parts which are worn or damaged. All Gasoline Models position and adjust length of rod until
Refer to Fig. 44 and the following approximately 1 mm (1/32 inch) too
specifications for the two different car 48. ADJUSTMENT. Start engine and short.. Reconnect rod afLer adjustment is
bwetors. be sure ignition is correct. Adjust idle correct. High no-load speed should be ad
justed t.o 2200-2250 rpm for MF230
Zenith 13795 models; 2425-2500 rpm for all MF235
Ventw-i (10) 21 mm and MF245 models. High speed adjust
Main Jet (1 1A) . . . No. 27 1.35 m.m ment is accomplished by changing the
Idle Jet (6) . . . . . . . No. 16 0.80 m.m length of rod (3).
Idle Air Initial adjustment of linkage can be ac
Restriction . . . . . No. 28 complished as follows: Measure length
Main Discharge of rod (3-Fig. 48) from centerline of rod
Jet (15) . . . . . . . . No. 60 2.80 mm end at top to lower end of sleeve inside
Well Vent (14) . . . . No. 20 1.00 mm spring. Conect distance is 236.5 mm
Fuel Valve (9-5/16 inches) for MF230 models; 239.7
Seat (7) . . . . . . . . No. 35 1.75 mm mm (9-7/16 inches) for MF235 and
MF245 Orchard models; 242.9 mm (9-
Zenith OE3435 9/16 inches) for all other MF235 and
Venturi (10) . . .. . . 15 mm -- 9
Main Jet (llB) .
MF245 models. Correct length f1om
. . No. 18 0.95 mm Fig. 46-Drawlng of throttle conrroi llnkage typical center-to-center of rod (4-Fig. 46 or 47)
Idle Jet (6) . . . . . . . No. 1 1 0.55 mm of ell except Orchard models. Refer to text for is 565.2 mm (22-l/4 inches) for MF235
Main Discharge points of adjustment and to Fig. 47 for legend.
Jet (15) . . . . . . . . No. 55 2.75 mm
Well Vent (14) . . . . No. 22 1.1 mm
Fuel Valve
Seat (7) . . . . . . . . No. 35 1.75 mm

Assemble by reversing the disassem

Fig. 47-Drawing of throttle
bly procedure, using new gaskets and
linkage typical of Orchard
packing. Install throttle plate (1) so models.
beveled edges will fit throttle body bore 4 Throttle rod
5 Foot throttle pedal
with throttle closed, with side of throt 6 Friction ad.Jilllling nut
tle plate farthest from mounting flange 7 Hand throttle lever
B Spring bracket
aligned with idle port. Adjust float C. Clomp orm
height to 7.14 mm (9/32 inch) for MF230 L Lower hole
R Rear rod
models, 3.97 mm (5/32 inch) for MF235 S Arm
and MF245 models. Measure float U. Upper hole

h ,,ght from gasket to nearest edge of

float as shown in Fig. 45. Drill bits can

Fig. 48-View of governor

linkage mounted 111 front of
l. Cnrburetor control rod
2. Governor control lever
3. Governor rod
4. Throttle rod

Fig. 45-Drlll bit of correct size can be used as

shown to check float height.

Paragraphs 4950 MASSEY-FERGUSON

and MF245 Orchard models; 701.7 nun as outlined in paragraph 34. The gover
(27-5/8 inches) for all other models. Rear nor lever shaft is supported in needle
end of throttle rod (4) should be in up bearings in timing gear cover. 'Ib service
per hole (U) for rear spring arm for the shaft, bearings or oil seals, remove
MF235 and MF245 models; lowest hole the pipe plug from front of timing gear
(L) of rear spring arm for MF230 models. cover, drive out the groove pin and
On Orchard models, length of rear rod withdraw the lever. The dust seal (felt)
<R-Fig. 47) should be 177.8 mm (7 in and the oil seal (lip toward inside) can
ches) and spring bracket {B) should be be renewed at this time. 'Ib remove nee
clamped to rod 120.7 mm (4-3/4 inches) dle bearings, drive the bearing stop pin
from centerline of ball joint at front. in until it falls into shaft bore (Fig. 49).
Loosen clamp arm CC), align with arm Remove the stop pin, then drive the nee
(8), then retighten clamp. On all except, dle bearings out of cover bore.
Orchard models, loosen clamp arm CC Grease shaft needle bearings before in
Fig. 46) and position hand lever 6.4 mm stalling. Drive inside bearing into bore
(1/4 inch) from low speed stop position. until just past hole for locating pin, then
Move the governor arm lever(2-Fig. 48) install the locating pin. Drive outer
bearing in until it is flush with counter
Fig. 52-The g11ket (8) should be In position

ltlll {9).
towards carbu1etor (closed position), around seel /IS shown when Instelling the spring
then tighten clamp arm (C-Fig. 46.) bore for oil seal. Drive oil seal into bore
wilh lip toward inside until the seal bot
49. OVERHAUL. 'lb overhaul the toms in counterbore. Assemble felt seal, stall roll pin through rocker lever and
governor, first remove timing gear cover shaft and rocker lever into cover, then in shaft..
Governor ball and driver assembly
(3-Fig. 50) is available only as a unit
which can be renewed after removing
camshaft nut (2). Tighten the camshaft
nut to a torque of 95108 N m (70-80

Withdraw thrust cup assembly (1),
make sure the lip tab (L) s
Rg. 49-Theloutlngstoppln
i not broken
or shaft is not scored. Also check ball
can be driven out with punch
as shown. Both bearings can
be removed from Inner end
race for channeling. Plunger bore in
(N). The governor bumper
spring {S) Is 111t1Jehed to cover camshaft is vented by a drilling which
with rivets (R). emerges from shaft just to rear of front
cam; governor action will be impeded if
vent is plugged.
Before installing timing gear cover,
tum the cup assembly (1) until tab (L)
is at 6 o'clock position.


All Gasoline Models

18 1 7

16 5
50. RADIATOR. All models use a 48
kpa (7 psi) pressure type radiator cap.
Cooling system capacity is 9.5 L (10 U.S.

quarts). Be sure all pads, braces and

r.: 12 11 I1 .
10 9

Fig. 51-Exploded view of water pump 111sembly used on geso//ne models.

Rg. so-c.msheft mounttd governor weight unit
end enocletedperts of the type used on gesol/ne I Fan 6. Pump body \6 Outlot adapter
2 Pulloy 7. Gaake1 I I Rubber collar ,..laontr 16. Thrmoetat
engine. 3 Snap ring 8. Gake 12. Impeller 17 Cult1
I. Race .l ohaft 3 Wtlghl unll 4 Shaft .l bearing aeey. 9 Sprinv """I auy 13. Rear hou&lna 18. Thermoolal houaong
2. Camohall nul 1... l..ip c; Slinger 10. Ceramie collar 14 Gaakal 19. Cuke

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 5153

from center of pulley groove to mounting

surface of water pump is 42.86 mm
(1-11/16 inches). Water pump mounting
holes are offset permitting installation
only one way.


All Gasoline Models

53. TIMING. Timing marks are

located on flywheel with a timing win
dov. on left side of engine block as shown
in Fig. 55. Initial (static) timing should
occur at 8 degrees BTDC. Maximum ad
Fig. 53-Install the ceramic collar (10) Into rubber Rg. 55-lgnlllon timing marks on flywheel are visi vance should be 27 degrees (crankshaft)
retainer (11) with the three holes In collar toward ble through timing hole as shown. at 2200-2250 engine rpm; 28 degrees
the Impeller. (crankshaft) at 2425-2500 engine rpm.
These rpm ratings rue t.he recommend
ed high idle no-load governed speeds for
MF230 models (2200-2250 rpm); MF235
and MF245 models (2425-2500 rpmJ. Fir
Fig. 54-Press Impeller onto ing order is 1-3-4-2. Distributor shaft
shaft until distance (A) from rotation is counterclockwise viewed from
rear surface of Impeller to above (rotor end).
gesket surface of body Is
1b install distr1butor, be sure breaker
22.35-24.38 mm (0.880.0.960
Inch). Press pulley on until point gap is 0.43-0.56 mm (0.017-0.022
distance (8) from center of inch) which should provide dweU of66-72
"V" groove to gasket surface degrees. Turn crankshaft slowly until
of pump Is 42.86 mm (111116
number one piston begins coming up on
compression stroke, then stop when 8
degree BTDC mark is visible in timing
hole (Fig. 55). Install distributor with
rotor pointing towrud number one spark
plug. The distributor body should be
shrouds are installed in correct locations distance (A-Fig. 54) is 22.35-24.38 mm rotated until wire to coil is straight to
to assure proper cooling. (0.880-0.960 inch). Support shaft and rear. Install distributor clamp finger
press pulley onto shaft until distance (B) tight. Turn distributor clockwise until
51. THERMOSTAT. The thermostat
is contained in a separate housing
behind the outlet elbow. The thermostat
should begin to open at 81 oc (178 F)

and be fully open at 93C (200F).

52. WATER PUMP. Drain cooling Fig. 56-Exploded view of the

system, remove fan and belt, then unbolt distributor used. Gear (20) Is
and remove water pump from rear hous driven by the teeth of gear on
engine camshaft.
ing. The rear housing can be unbolted
I Cap

--- 3
and removed after pump is ofi and lower 2. Rotor
3 Cover
radiator hose is disconnected. 4 Breaker pomts

Remove pulley (2-Fig. 51) using a 6 Conden!M!r

Jr.. 4
5 ; , ;
6. Breaker plate
puller attached to fan mounting hub. 7 Snop nng
Remove snap ring (3), then press shaft 8 Cam assy
9 Spacer

and bearing (4) toward front out of im 10 Wmghts
peller (12) and pump body (6). I I Llghl sprmg
12 Heavy spring
1b assemble, install slinger (5) onto 13 Distributor shan

2 24
short end of shaft (4), then press the 14 Shouldered washer
16. Flat w her

3J 25 26
shaft and bearing assembly into body (6) 16. Needle bearng
until bearing bottoms in bore. Install 17 Housmg

snap l'ing (3). Coat outside ofseal (9) with

sealing compound, position gasket (8)
around seal, then install in housing with
carbon face toward impeller as shown in
18. Bushing
19. Washor
20. Drive gear
21. Pln
22 Gasket
23. Tachometer drive gear
& Oat washer
17 ---

Fig. 52. Install the rubber collar retainer
24. Drive h.ou.sing

26. Adspler p>n
(11-Fig. 51) in bore of impeller (12), then

20 -
26. Angle dflve
insert ceramic collar (10) as shown in 27. 0Jotributor clamp

22 21 27
Fig. 53. Be sure side with three holes is
toward impeller. Ptess impeller onto
shaft with open side of blades out until

Paragraphs 5457 MASSEY-FERGUSON

with a jack stand under transmission

housing. Remove bolts attaching axle
support to front ofengine, then roll front

end assembly away from engine.

Fig. 57-Lugs on cam

Th separate engine from transmission,
proceed as follows: Shut off fuel, discon
assembly (8) should go nect fuel lines and remove fuel tank.
through prlngs (11 end 12),
weights (10) end slots In plate
Disconnect air cleaner hose. Disconnect
of the distributor sheft. injection pump stop control and throttle
Spacer Is shown et (9). control. Disconnect wiring from engine
and starter motor. Remove starter motor
and solenoid. Disconnect tachometer
drive cable from engine. Remove bolts at
taching steering box side panels to rear
of engine. Remove muffier (or exhaust
pipe) from exhaust manifold. Support
engine with a hoist, remove bolts at
breaker points just start to open, then (0.017-0.022 inch) should provide dwell taching engine to transmission and
tighten distributor clamp screw enough of 66-72 degrees. Breaker point spring carefully move engine forward from
to hold distributor position. Start engine tension should be 4.7-6.1 N {17-22 transmission.
and check running timing at high idle ounces). To reinstall engine, reverse the
no-load rpm. Delco-Remy 1 1 1 5065 ignition coil is removal procedure while noting the
used on all models. Primary winding following special instructions: Insiall an
54. OVERHAUL. Refer to Fig. 56 for resistance should be 3.3-4.1 ohms at alignment stud in each side of transmis
exploded view ofthe Prestolite 1BT-4406 24 oc (75 F). Secondary winding at the sion housing to assist in aligning engine
distributor used on all models. same temperature should be 3000-20000 to transmission. Turn nywheel to align
Disassembly is by removing breaker ohms. clutch plate splines with transmission
plate (6), clip (7) and pin (21). and pto input shaft splines. After engine
Assemble parts (8,9,10,11 and 12) as 55. SPARK PLUGS. Recommended and transmission flanges meet, install
shown in Fig. 57, then install snap ring spark plugs are Champion RD-16, retaining bolts and nuts and tighten to
(7-Fig. 56). The shouldered washer 04) Massey-Ferguson MF834242 Ml or 75 N m (55 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten front

should be above and should enclose nat equivalent. Electrode gap should be 0.64 axle support mounting bolts and nuts to
washer (15). Distributor shaft end play mm (0.025 inch). Manufacturer recom 235 N m (175 ft.-lbs.> torque. Check
should be 0-0.25 mm (0-0.010 inch). mends renewing spark plugs after every clutch linkage acljustment as outlined in
Breaker point gap of 0.43-0.56 mm 300 hours of operation. appropriate paragraph 110 or 111.




remove cylinder head, first drain cooling
All models equipped with diesel headlight wires and thread wiring rear system. Remove hood and instrument
engine use Perkins AD3.152 direct injec ward through the retainer clips. Discon panel cover. Disconnect battery cables
tion diesel engine. Different versions of nect radiator upper and lower hoses, oi I and remove battery. Shut off fuel, discon
the AD3.152 engine have been used and cooler hoses and power steering hoses. nect fuel gage sending unit wire, discon
can be identified by the serial number Disconnect drag links from steering box nect fuel supply and return lines, and
suffix letters stamped on pad located pitman arms. Drive wooden wedges be remove fuel tank and mounting
near the fuel transfer pump on right side tween front axle and axle support to pre brackets. Disconnect radiator top bose
ofengine. Some service procedures will vent tipping. Remove front end weights and thermostat bypass hose. Disconnect
differ slightly depending on whether or if so equipped. Support front end breather pipe and remove rocker arm
not there is an "S" in serial number suf assembly with a hoist. Support tractor cover. Remove retaining nuts and lift ofT
fix letters. Engines with letter "C' in suf
fix code use a one-piece lip type
crankshaft rear oil seal. Engines that do
not have Jetter "C' in suffix code use a
two-piece rope type crankshaft rear oil
Fig. 58-0n early production
R&R ENGINE ASSEMBLY engines (prior to Serial No.
152UA 2841 1DSL), use se
All Diesel Models quence shown when tighten
Ing cylinder head cap screws.

56. Th remove engine, first remove

Reverse the sequence when
loosening cap screws.
front end assembly from engine as
follows: Drain cooling system. Remove
hood, grille, side panels and radiator
brace. Disconnect battery cables and
remove the battery. Disconnect

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 5 8-59

rocker shaft assembly. Remove intake sert squarely into cylinder head counter
manifold and exhaust manifold. Remove bore using the valve guide as a pilot.
high pressure fuel lines, then remove in Grind seat insert as necessary to recess
jector nozzles and sealing washers from valve the recommended distance from
cylinder head. Remove stabilizer bar head gasket surface.
from thermostat housing. Disconnect ex Valve face and seat angle is 35 for o

ternal oil supply line from cylinder head. both intake and exhaust of engines with
Loosen cylinder head mounting stud Jetter "S" or "F'' in serial number suf
nuts or cap screws in reverse order of fix. Engines without letter "S" or "F"
tightening sequence shown in ap in serial number suffix are equipped
propriate Fig. 58 or 59, then lift Iinder with intake and exhaust valves \\ith 45
head from the engine. face angle. Original production valve
Clean gasket surface of cylinder head seat angle on these engines is 46, but
and check for warpage or other damage. seats can be refaced to 45 o when servic
Cylinder head can be surfaced and a Fig. 60-TDC timing maries aligned for valve ed ing valves. On all models, desired seal
maximum of 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) justment as outlined In paragraph 58. contact width is 1.6 mm (1116 inch) for
material may be removed provided injec intake and 2.4 mm (3/32 inch) for
tor nozzles do not protrude more than exhaust.
4.67 rom (0.184 inch). Do not attempt t.o two crankshaft positions using the Valve head should be recessed a
use additional injector sealing washers following procedure: specified amount below face of cylinder
to reduce nozzle protrusion. Refer to Remove timing window plug from left head. Clearance can be measured with
paragraph 59 to determine whether side of flywheel adapter housing. Turn a straightedge and feeler gage as shown
valves must be resealed to provide pro crankshaft until TDC timing mark on in Fig. 63. Refe to the following
per recession after cylinder head is flywheel is aligned with punch mark as specifications:
resurfaced. shown in Fig. 60 and No. 1 piston is on
When reinstalling cylinder head, compression stroke (both valves closed). With "S'' or "F" Serial
make certain all sealing surfaces and Adjust clearances on No. 1,2,3 and 5 Number Sufitx
cap screw holes are clean and dry. Light valves as shown in Fig. 61. Turn
ly oil threads of cylinder head stud nuts crankshaft. one complete turn until TDC Valve Face and Seat
and cap screws. Tighten nuts and cap mark si again aJigned with punch mark, Angle-
screws in three equal stages following se then adjust remaining two valves <Fig. Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . . 35
quence shown in Fig. 58 or 59 to a final 62). Valve Head
torque of 95 N m (70 ft..lbs.). Tighten Recession-
rocker bracket cap screws to a torque of VALVES AND SEATS Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.32-1.63 mm
30 N m C22 ft.-lbs.). A<ljust valve (0.0540.064 m.l
clearance as outlined in paragraph 58. All Diesel Models .
Exhaust . . . . . . . . 1.60-1.92 mm
Complete installation by reversing the <0.063 0.075 in.)
removal procedure. Operate engine un 59. When disassembling cylinder
til normal operating temperature is head, keep valves in order so they can
reached, then retorque cylinder head be installed in their original positions if
and readjust valves. reused. On some engines, valve heads
and seat locations are numbered con
VALVE CLEARANCE secutively from front to rear. Any
replacement valves should be marked
All Diesel Models prior to installation.
Intake and exhaust valves seat direct
58. The recommended cold valve ly in cylinder head. Valve seat inserts
clearance is 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) for are available for service installation on
both the intake and exhaust valves. Hot exhaust valves only on some models.
valve clearance, engine at normal Cylinder head must be machined for in
operating temperature, should be 0.25 stallation of valve seat inserts; refer to
Fig. 61-W/th TDC timing marks aligned end No.
rnm (0.010 inch) for all valves. Static set Fig. 64 for dimensions. Chill insert in dry
I piston on compression strolce, 11d)ust the valves
ting of all valves can be made from just ice prior to installation, then press in- lndlcettd. Tum crankshaft one reolullon end
refer to Fig. 62.

Fig. 59-0n /are production

engine (Serial No. 152UA
28411DSL end after), use te
quence shown when tighten
Ing cylinder heedcap screws.
Reverse the sequence when
loosening cap screws.

Fig. 62-W/th TDC timing maries aligned and No.

1 piston on exhaust strolee, adjust rt1e valves In

Paragraphs 60-62 MASSEY-FERGUSON
Valve Stem Stem to Guide VALVE SPRINGS
Diameter Clearance
Intake and Intake and All Diesel Models
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90-7.92 mm Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . mm
(0.311-0.312 in.) (0.0025-0.0045 in.) 61. Springs, caps, retainers and locks
Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 mm ' are i nterchangeable for intake and ex
(0.310 in.) VALVE GUIDES haust valves. Springs may be installed
Stem to Guide either end up. Renew springs if
Clearance All Diesel Models discolored, distorted or if they fail to
Intake and meet the following specifications:
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . 0.06-0.1 1 mm 60. Intake and exhaust valve guides Spring free l ength should be approx
<0.0025-0.0045 in.) can be renewed if excessively worn. Us imately 45.30 mm (1-25/32 inches).
ing a suitable removal tool , press guides Spring pressure should be 93-110 N
Without "S" or "F" erial out top of cylinder head. The guides are (21-25 pounds) when compressed to 38.1
Number Suffix interchangeable. Note that both ends of mm (1.5 inches).
Valve Face and guides are chamfered, one end at 45 o
Seat Angle- and the other at 20. Be sure to insert
Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . . . . 45 20 chamfered end into top of cylinder CAM FOLLOWERS
Valve Head head (45 o chamfered end up). Press into
Recession- place until top end protrudes 14.83-15.09 All Diesel Models
Intake and mm (0.584-0.594 inch) above spring seat
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50-2.13 mm surface of cylinder bead. Replacement 62. The mushroom type cam followers
(0.059-0.084 in.) valve guides are presized and do not re (tappets) operate directly in machined
Valve Stem quire reaming if carefully installed. bores in cylinder head. With cylinder
Diameter After renewing valve guides, reface valve head removed, cam followers can be
Intake and seats to ensure concentricity of seat to removed after first removing adjusting
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90-7.92 mm guide. screw and locknut from top of cam
(0.311-0.312 in.) Valve guide specifications are as follower. Identify cam followers as they
Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 mm follows: are removed so they can be reinstalled
<0.310 in.) Valve Guide J.D. . . . . . . . 7.98-8.01 mm in their original positions if reused.
(0.3142-0.3155 in.) Always renew cam fol lowers whenever
Valve Stem O.D. . . . . . . . 7.90-7.92 mm camshaft is renewed.
(0.311-0.312 in.) Cam follower diameter is 15.81-15.84
Stem-to-Guide mm (0.6225-0.6237 inch). Diametral
Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06-0.11 mm clearance in cylinder head bores should
10.0025-0.0045 in.l be 0.02-0.09 mm (0.0008-0.0035 inch).

Fig. 65-Assembled view of

rocker arm assembly. Slot (S)
In end of shaft should be
toward fronr.

Fig. 63-A straightedge end feeler gage can bo

used es shown to determine how far valves ere
recessed. -

Fig. 66-S/ol (S) In front end

of rocker shall should be
positioned approximately 30"
from vertlce/ as shown. Late
producllon engines use 11
dowel pin through one of lhe
support brae/eels to correctly
poslllon shaft.
Fig. 64-Machlnlng dimensions for Installing ex
heusl valve seltl Inserts available for lome
D 7.877 92 mm
10310.0.312 Inl
W. 42.62-42 64 mm R 0.38 mm 10.016 in.l
(I 6781 679 1n.l radua

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 63-66

ROCKER ARMS rear. Disconnect drag links and radius should be turned independently of the
rods at rear of models so equipped. On other.
All Diesel Models models with drag links, attach drag Timing gear backlash should be
links to axle so wheels will be straight 0.08-0.15 rom ( inch) between
63. The rocker arms and shaft ahead and will not turn. On models with the large idler gear and any ofthe other
assembly can be removed after removing power steering, disconnect lines and gears in the timing train. Replacement
the hood, fuel tank and rocker arm cover. cover all hydraulic steering openings. gears are available in standard size on
The rocker arms are right-hand and left Unbolt the front assembly and careful ly. If backlash is not within specified
hand units and should be installed on ly roll away from tractor. limits, renew the idler gear, idler gear
shaft as shown in Fig. 65. Remove the crankshaft pulley, fan belt, shaft and/or any other gears concerned.
Rocker shaft diameter is 15.81-15.84 water pump and alternator mounts. Un 'Ib remove the timing gears or time the
mm (0.6225-0.6237 inch) and desired bolt and remove the timing gear cover. engine, unstake and remove the idler
diametral clearance between shaft and Press, do not pry, old seal from cover. The gear retaining bolt and slip the gear off
rocker arms is 0.02-0.09 mm camshaft thrust spring is riveted to rear idler shaft. The idler shaft is a light
(0.0008-0.0035 inch). Renew shaft and/or face of timing gear cover and controls press fit in timing gear housing and s i
rocker arms if clearance exceeds 0.13 end play of camshaft. further positioned by the locating pin
mm (0.005 inch). The amount of oil cir Th reinstall timing gear cover, first' in shown in Fig. 6 8.Pry the shaft from its
culating to the rocker arms is regulated stall a new oil seal into cover using place in timing gear housing if renewal
by the position of the rocker shaft in the suitable installing tool. Install timing is indicated.
support brackets. This position is in gear cover with a new gasket on front of The crankshaft gear is keyed in place
dicated by a slot (8-Fig. 66) in front end engine, but do not tighten mounting cap and fits the shaft with a transition fit,
of shaft and should be set at approx screws at this time. Lubricate lip ofseal, 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) tight to 0.025 mm
imately 30 from vertical as shown. On then carefully position crankshaft pulley (0.001 inch) loose. If the old gear is a
late production engines, shaft is posi onto crankshaft to center seal and cover loose fit, it may be possible to pry it. off
tioned correctly by a dowel pin in one of to the crankshaft. Hold cover in centered the shaft with a heavy screwdriver or
the support brackets. position while tightening several cover light pry bar. If a puller is needed, it will
retaining cap screws. Remove crankshaft first be necessary to remove the oil pan
pulley, then tighten all cap screws and small lower section of timing gear
securely. Reinstall crankshaft pulley and housing.
tighten retaining cap screw to 142 N m The camshaft gear and injection pump
All Diesel Models
(105 ft.-lbs.) torque. Complete installa drive gear can be removed by removing
tion by reversing the removal procedure. the retaining cap screws and withdraw
64. Th remove the timing gear cover,
ing the gerus. Th install the gears and
drain the cooling system and oil pan.
time engine, refer to the appropriate
Remove front grille panels and discon TIMING GEARS
following paragraphs:
nect battery cables. Remove fuel tank
cap, radiato cap and hood. Disconnect All Diesel Models
headlight wires and pull wiring free. 66.CAMSHAFT GEAR. The gear is
Disconnect both radiator hoses, radiator 65. Fig. 67 shows a view of timing attached to camshaft by three equally
brace and, on models so equipped, gear train with cover removed. Before spaced cap screws which thread into
hydraulic oil lines and front mounted attempting to remove any of the timing camshaft flange. lL is possible, therefore,
pump. Support tractor at front of gears, first remove fuel tank, rocker arm to install the gear in three pos1tions, only
transmission. Position wedge blocks be cover and rocker arms assembly to avoid one of which is correct. Th correctly in
tween front axle and axle support. Sup the possibility of damage to pistons or stall the gear, align the stamped letters
port the front end assembly at front and valve train if camshaft or crankshaft "D" on camshaft hub and front face of
geat as shown at. CX-Fig. 67). Tighten
cap screws to 27 N m (20 ft.-lbs.) torque.

Fig. 67-V/ew of timing gear

train with timing marks
aligned. Due to odd number
of teeth on Idler gear, marks
align only once In 18 revolu-
tions of crankshaft.

Fig. 68-The oil holes In cylinder block and Idler

gear stub shaft are correction aligned by the
locating dowel pin.

Paragraphs 67-72 MASSEY-FERGUSON

67. INJECTION PUMP DRIVE rocker arms and shaft assembly. Raise Center . . . . . . . . . . . 47.35-47.42 mm
GEAR. The injection pump drive gear and secure cam followers in the fully (1.864-1.867 in.)
is retained to the pump adapter by three raised position, then withdraw camshaft.. Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.84-46.91 mm
cap screws. When installing the gear, Unbolt and remove timing gear housing. (1.844-1.847 in )
align dowel pin (2-Fig. 69) with slot (1) Reinstall by reversing the removal pro
in adapter bub, then install the retain cedure. 1b reinstall camshaft, reverse the
ing cap screws. The illje<:tion pump drive removal procedure. If camshaft gear was
gear and adapter are supported by the CAMSHAFT removed, be sure stamped letters (X
injection pump rotor bearings. Fig. 67) on gear and camshaft flange are
All Diesel Models aligned. Tighten gear retaining cap
68. IDLER GEAR The idler gear is screws to 27 N m (20 ft.-Ibs.) torque.

retained on idler shaft by a cap screw 71. 1b remove the camshaft, first
and washer. Idler gear bore diameter remove timing gear cover as outlined in ROD AND PISTON UNITS
should be 53.98-54.02 mm (2.125-2.127 paragraph 64. Remove fuel tank, rocker
inches) and idler shaft diameter should arm cover and rocker arms and shaft. All Diesel Models
be 53.92-53.94 mm (2.123-2.124 inches). assembly. Raise and secure cam
Gear to shaft diarnetral clearance should followers in their uppermost position. 72. Connecting rod and piston units
be 0.04-0.10 mm (0.0016-0.0039 inch). are removed from above after removing
cylinder head, oil pan and rod bearing
Remove fuel lift pump, then withdraw
Gear end play on shaft should be camshaft as shown in Fig. 70.
0.13-0.38 mm (0.005-0.015 inch). The camshaft runs in three journal caps. Be sure to remove carbon and ring
When reinstalling gear, make certain bores machined directly in engine block. wear ridge (if present) from t.op ofsleeves
all timing marks are aligned as shown before pushing pistons out of cylinders.
Cylinder numbers are stamped on the
The front and rear camshaft bearings
in Fig. 67. Tighten retaining cap screw are gravity lubricated by return oil from
to 68 N m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque. connecting rods and caps. When
reinstalling rod and piston units, make
the rocker arms. The center journal s i

pressure lubricated by an external oil

69. TIMING THE GEARS. Due to line. The centerjournal, in turn, meters certain the numbers are in register and
the odd number of teeth on idler gear, oil to the rocker shaft and cylinder head face away from camshaft side of engine.
the timing marks will align only once Refer to Fig. 71.
Connecting rod cap nuts and bolts
through a second short oil feed line.
in 18 crankshaft. revolutions. 1b time the
should be renewed whenever they are
Inspect camshaft lobes and bearing
engine after the gears are removed, first journals for excessive wear, scoring, pit
install camshaft gear as outlined in ting or other damage and renew 1f removed. Note that two different types
paragraph 66 and the inJeCtion pump necessary. Recommended bearing jour of connecting rod nuts, with different
gear as in paragraph 67. Install the nal diametral clearance in cylinder block
crankshaft gear on keyed shaft with tim bores is0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 inch).
ing mark to the front. Refer to Fig. 67 It is recommended that cam followers
and turn crankshaft, camshaft and in also be renewed if camshaft s i renewed.

jection pump until the respective timing Camshaft end play is controlled by the
marks point approximately toward idler leaf-type spring riveted to rear face of
gear hub; then, install idler gear align timing gear cover. Camshaft specifica
ing timing marks as shown. tions are as follows:


Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.47-47.50 mm
All Diesel Models (1.869-1.870 in.)
Center . . . . . . . . . . . 47.22-47.24 mm
70. Th remove timing gear housing, (1.859-1.860 in.)
first remove timing gear cover as out Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.71-46.74 mm
lined in paragraph 64, then remove tim (1 .839-1.840 in.)
ing gears as outlined in paragraph 65. Cylinder Block
Remove oil pan, fuel lift pump and in Bore Diameter-
jection pump. Remove power steering Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.60-47.67 mm
pump ifnot previously removed. Remove (1.874-1.877 in.)

Fig. 69-Correct lnttallatlon of InJection pump Fig. 71-Asstmble rod and piston units as 1hown.
drive gear /s simplified by the dowel pin which fit Fig. 70- The camshaft can be withdrawn aa A FRONT or F mark C. Connectlne rod cor
In machined notch In pump drive shaft. shown. The gear may remain /nata/led. B Cylinder numbc!r relation markl


tightening torque values, have been

used. Early models used cadmium plated
(bright finish) nuts while later models
use phosphated (dull black finish) nuts.
Do not intermix the different types of
nuts. Connecting rod nuts should be Fig. 73-The four-segment
tightened to the following torque values: ring lnstelled In the third
groove of five-ring pistons
61 N m (45 ft.-lbs.) for cadmium plated

must be correcl/y assembled
nuts and 81 N m (60 ft.lbs.) for es described In text
phosphated nuts.


All Diesel Models

73. The aluminum alloy, cam ground

pistons a1e supplied in standard size on chrome plated, laminated, oil control Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.28-0.69 mm
ly and are available in a kit consisting ring. 1b install, flrst install the internal (0.0110.027 in.)
of piston, pin and rings for one cylinder. expander, install the two lower rails,
The toroidal combustion chambe1 is ofT spiral ring, then the top two rails. Stag Skirt diameter meabured at bottom of
set in piston crown and piston should be ger the gaps of the ring segments around piston, 90 from piston pin bore.
marked "FRONT" or "F" for proper the piston. The fifth (bottom) oil control
assembly as shown in Fig. 71. If ring is nondirectional and may be in Fou1 piston rings (Fig. 74) are used in
"FRONT" or "F" marking is not present stalled with either side up. Piston and engines with serial number suffix "DS"
on piston cmwn, assemble piston to con ring specifications are as follows: or "DLS." The first (top) ring is chrome
necting rod with the cavity ofiset plated and may be installed either side
towards side of rod that is stamped with Fi ve-Ring Pistons up. The second and third rings are alike
cylinder identification number. Piston Skirt and are internally stepped. The groove
Five piston rings (Fig. 72} are used in Diameter . . . . . . . 91.326-91.351 mm cut into the inner diameter should be
engines with serial number suffix "D" (3.5955-3.5965 in.) toward top as shown in Fig. 74. The bot
or "DL." The first (top) nng is chrome Ring Side Clearance tom (fourth) ring 1s nondirectional with
plated, parallel faced and may be in in Groove- a coil spring expander. Install the ex
stalled either side up. The second ring Thp & Second . . . . . . . . 0.05-0.10 mm pander groove first being sure the latch
is cast iron, parallel faced and may also (0.002-0.004 in.) pin engages both ends ofspring as shown
be installed either side up. The third Third & Fourth . . . . . Not applicable in Fig. 75, then install the ring over the
compression ring consists of four steel Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05-0.10 mm expander. Piston and ring specifications
segments as shown in Fig. 72. The seg (0.002-0.004 in.) are as follows:
ments appear practically nat when not Ring End Gap-
under compression, but when com Thp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36-0.76 mm Four-Ring Pistons
pressed as shown in Fig. 73 the ends will (0.014-0.030 in.) Piston Skirt
curl up (or down if ring is turned over). Second . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.28-0.69 mm Diameter . . . . . . . 91.336-91.361 mm
Ring ends should curl down on segment (0.01 1-0.027 in.) (3.5959-3.5969 in.)
installed at bottom of groove, up on sec Third Ring Side Clearance
ond, down on third and up on top seg (each segment) . . . . . 0.25-0.38 mm in Groove-
ment. Space end gaps of the four (0.010-0.015 in.) 'Ibp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05-0.10 mm
segments 180 degrees apart from Fourth (each rail) . . . . 0.46-0.94 mm (0.002-0.004 in.)
nearest segment. The fourth ring is (0.0180.037 in.) Second & Third . . . . . . 0.05-0.10 mm
(0.002-0.004 in.)
Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05-0.11 mm
(0.002-0.0045 in.)

Fig. 72-Draw/ng of five-ring piston showing Fig. 74-Draw/ng of four-ring pltton 1how/ng Fig. 75-The expander for o/1 control ring of four
cross-sect/on of the rings correctly lnstelled. Refer cross-section of rings correctly lnstelled. Refer to ring piston must heve the latch pin connecting
to text. text. ends of expender spring

Paragraphs 74-76 MASSEY-FERGUSON

Ring End Gap- Service sleeves are prefinished and available in standard, as well as 0.25,
Thp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36-0.69 mm should not require additional machining 0.50 and 0.75 mm (0.010, 0.020 and

(0.014-0.027 in.) after installation. Correct installed 0.030 inch) undersizes.

Second & Third . . . . . . 0.28-0.61 nun cylinder bore diameter is 91.50-91.53 Connecting rod bearing diamet.ral
(0.011-0.024 in.) mm (3.6025-3.6035 inches). clearance should be 0.06-0.10 mm
Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25-0.74 mm (0.0025-0.0040 inch). Recommended con
(0.010-0.029 in.) PISTON PINS necting rod side clearance is 0.240.50
mm (0.010-0.020 inch).
* Skirt diameter measured at bottom of All Diesel Models Manufacturer recommends renewing
piston, 90 from piston pin bore. connecting rod cap bolts and nuts
74. The floating type piston pins are whenever they are removed. Refer to
On all models, check installed piston retained in piston bosses by snap rings. paragraph 72 for tightening torque
height at TDC when any new piston is The piston pins are a transitional fit in values.
instaUed (Fig. 76). Thp of piston must be piston; heating piston to 38-49C
0.10 nun (0.004 inch) above to 0.03 mm (100120F) in oil or water will make CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS
(0.001 inch) below top surface of cylinder removal and installation of pin easier.
block on all models except MF250. On Piston pins are available in standard size All Diesel Models
Model MF250, piston installed height only. Outside diameter of pin is
must be 0.03-0.15 mm (0.001-0.006 inch) 31.744-31.750 mm (1.2498-1.2500 in 76. The crankshaft is supported in four
below surface of cylinder block. If ches). Inside diameter ofconnecting rod precision type main bearings. Th remove
necessary, machine top of piston to ob bushing should be 31.76-31.79 mm crankshaft, drain engine oil. Remove
tain specified installed height. (1.2505-1.2515 inches). Desired pin to r'Od engine as outlined in paragraph 56.
Cylinder sleeves used in original pro bushing diametraJ clearance s i 0.04-0.10 Remove oil pan, timing gear cover and
duction are 0.03-0.08 mm (0.001-0.003 mm (0.0018-0.0039 inch). Piston pin lower cover from timing geat case.
inch) interference fit in cylinder block should have transition fit in piston Remove engine oil pump. Remove clutch,
bores. Fit of service cylinder sleeves in bosses of 0.0 mm (0.0 inch) interference flywheel, engine adapter plate and
cylinder block is from 0.03 mm (0.001 to 0.01 mm (0.0004 inch) clearance. crankshaft rear oil seal. Remove connect
inch) tight to 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) loose. The renewable connecting rod bushing ing rod bearing caps and main bearing
Original cylinder sleeve l.D. is must be final sized after instaJlation to caps, then lift crankshaft f1om cylinder
91.48-91.50 mm (3.6015-3.6025 inches). provide recommended piston pin block.
Sleeves should be renewed if cylinder operating clearance. Be sure hole in The upper and lower halvesofthe front
bore taper exceeds 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) bushing is properly aligned with oil hole main bearing insert are not inter
or if out-of-round is in excess of0.10 mm in top of connecting rod when installing changeable with other bearings or with
(0.004 inch). A suitable sleeve removal new bushing. each other. The four insert halves ofthe
and installing tool is required to renew second and third main bearings are all
sleeves. CONNECTING RODS alike. The upper and lower halves ofthe
Thoroughly clean and inspect cylinder AND BEARINGS rear main bearing are alike, but not in
block bores and sleeves before installing terchangeable with other bearing in
new sleeves, as even the slightest burr All Diesel Models serts. Main bearing inserts are available
or dirt can cause distortion of new sleeve in standard size and 0.25, 0.50 and 0.75
when pressed into the block. Lubricate 75. Connecting rod bearings are preci mm (0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch)
cylinder bores with a thin lubricant prior sion type, renewable from below after undersizes.
to installing sleeves. Press sleeve into removing oil pan and bearing caps. Crankshaft end play is controlled by
cylinder block bore until sleeve flange When renewing bearing shells, be sure renewable thrust washers at front and
bottoms in cylinder block counterbore. the projection engages milled slot in rod rear of rear main bearing. The cap half
When correctly installed, top of sleeve and cap and that the correlation ofthrust washer is prevented from turn
should be 0.10 mm (0.004 inch) above to numbers on rod and cap are in register ing by the tab which fits in a machined
0.10 mm (0.004 inch) below top surface and face away from camshaft side of notch ofcap. Block half ofwasher can be
of block. Allow sleeve to stabilize, then engine. Replacement rods should be rolled from position when cap is re
check to be sure sleeve bore is not marked with the cylinder number in moved. Recommended crankshaft end
distorted and is the correct diameter. which they are installed. Bearings are play is 0.05-0.38 mm (0.002-0.015 inch).

Fig. 76-Me.,ure Installed

height of new pistons es
shown. It mey be necessary
to machine piston crown to
obteln desired height.

Fig. 77-Use e roundbar to seer the rope sui In

to retainer h11f. The slot (S) It only in tower helf
ot see/ retainer. Do not trim ends of see/.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 77-80
Thrust washers are available in 0.18 mm each end of seal in groove wit.h the housing and remove the clutch.
(0.007 inch) oversize as well as standard specified amount of free end protruding. Flywheel is secured to crankshaft flange
thickness. One set (top and bottom) of Allow seal rope to buckle in the center by six evenly spaced cap screws. To prop
oversize thrust washers may be installed until about 25 mm (1 inch) of each end erly time flywheel to engine during in
on one side (front or rear) in combination is bedded in groove, work center of seal stallation, be sure that unused hole in
with standard size set at other side to into position, then roll with a round bar flywheel aligns with untapped bole in
provide oversize adjustment of0.18 mm as shown. Repeat the process with the crankshaft flange.
(0.007 inch). Two sets of oversize thrust other half of seal.
washers may be used to provide adjust Install seal retainer as follows: Clean CAUTION: Flywheel Is only lightly piloted
ment of 0.36 mm (0.014 inch). sealing swfaces of block, bearing cap to crankshaft. Use caution when unbolting
Crankshaft balance weights are and seal retainers. Coat both sides ofre flywheel to prevent flywheel from falling and
available only in matched pairs because tainer gasket and end joints of retainer causing possible InJury.
maximum variation between weights halves with a suitable gasket cement.
must. be less than 28 grams (1 ounce). Coat swface ofrope seal with engine oil. On some models, shims may be in
Tighten weight retaining cap screws to Assemble retainer halves around stalled between the crankshaft and
68-75 N m (5055 ft.-lbs.) torque, then crankshaft and install cap screws loose flywheel. Check for these shims upon
bend lock t.abs to lock screws in place. ly. Be sure that retainer half with oil disassembly to prevent loss or damage.
Check crankshaft against the stand return slot (S-Fig. 77) is toward bottom Be sure shims are reinstalled when
ard sizes listed below: of engine. Tighten the two long cap flywheel is installed.
screws with nuts to 8 N m (6 ft.-lbs.) tor
The stater ring gear can be renewed
Main Joumal que, then tighten cap screws to cylinder after flywheel is removed. Heat new ring
Diameter . . . . . . . . 69.81-69.83 rom block and bearing to 16 N m (12 ft.-lbs.). gear to 245C (475F). Do not overheat
(2.7485-2.7492 in.) Finish by tightening the two long cap as gear heat treatment could be
Crankpin screws and nuts to final torque of 16 destroyed. Install gear on flywheel with
Diameter . . . . . . . . 57.11-57.13 mm N m (12 ft.-lbs.).
beveled end of teeth facing forward.
(2.2485-2.2492 in.) Allow gear to air cool.
Main Bearing All Models So Equipped Reinstall flywheel and tighten mounlr
Clearance ing cap screws to 106 N m (78 fl..-lbs.)
MF230, MF235, 78. LIP TYPE SEAL. The lip type torque. Check flywheel runout with a
MF245 . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08-0.13 rnm rear oil seal is contained in a one-piece dial indicator after flywheel is installed.
(0.003-0.005 in.) retainer which is attached to rear of Runout measured at machined swface
MF240, MF250 . . . . . 0.05-0.10 mm cylinder block. of outer diameter must not exceed '0.30
(0.002-0.004 in.) When renewing seal, inspect mm (0.012 inch). Runout measured at
Rod Bearing crankshaft flange for wear in seal con clutch swface must not exceed 0.025 m.m
Clearance . . . . . . . . . . 0.06-0.10 mm tact area. If flange is grooved, seal (0.001 inch) for each 25 mm (1 inch) from
(0.00250.0040 in.) should be pressed further into retainer flywheel centerline to point of dial in
Crankshaft End so seal lip will contact area of flange that dicator measurement. If runout is ex
Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.050.38 mm is not worn. The crankshaft seal su1face cessive, remove flywheel and check for
(0.002-0.015 in.) may be machined, if necessary, to burrs or foreign material.
smooth seal surface.
Th reinstall crankshaft, reverse the Make certain seal is pressed squarely
removal procedure. Note that main bear into retainer. Lubricate seal lip and OIL PAN
ing caps are numbered 1 through 4 with crankshaft flange prior to installing
number 1 cap at front of engine. The caps seal. Tighten retainer cap screws to 18 All Diesel Models
are also marked with a serial number N m (14 ft.-lbs.) torque.
which corresponds with and must be in 80. The cast iron oil pan sen,es as part
line with serial numbers stamped on bot FLYWHEEL of tractor frame and as attaching point
tom of cylinder block. Make certain for tractor front support. To remove oil
thrust washers are installed with All Diesel Models pan, first drain engine oil. Support trac
grooved side towards crankshaft. tor under transmission housing, then
Tighten main bearing cap screws to 150 79. To remove the flywheel, first remove front axle and support housing
N m (110 ft..-lbs.") torque. sepruate the engine from transmission assembly. Support oil pan, remove re-


All Models So Equipped

77. ROPE TYPE SEAL. The rope

type rear oil seal is contained in a two
piece retainer attached to rear face of
cylinder block. The rope seal s
i cut to cor
Fig. 78- The o/1 pump Is at
tached to the front main bear
lng cap andIs driven via Idler
rect length and should be installed in re
gear by the crankshaft timing
tainer halves with 0.25-0.50 mm gear.
(0.010-0.020 inch) of the seal protruding
from each end of retainer. Do not trim
ends of seal.
To install the seal, clamp each half of
retainer in a vise as shown in Fig. 77.
Make sure seal groove is clean. Start

Paragraphs 8 1 -84 MASSEY-FERGUSON

taining cap screws and lower pan from Remove oil pressure relief valve spring using a suitable puller. Press shaft and
cylinder block. and piunger from pump body. Inspect bearing assembly (2) with impeller (7)
'lb reinstall, reverse the removal pro plunger and bore in pump body for weru rearwrud from pump housing. Press
cedure. or scoring and renew if necessary. Oil shaft out of the impeller. Remove seal
pressure should be 345445 kPa (50-65 assembly (6) and slinger (3).
OIL PUMP psi) at high idle speed with engine at Inspect all parts for wear or daJnage
normal operating temperature. and renew if neceSSaJy. Be sure to renew
All Diesel Models If oil pump drive gear was removed, seal assembly.
press gear onto shaft, with flat face of 'lb reassemble, press shaft. and bearing
81. The rotary type oil pump is gear outward, until face ofgear is flush assembly into housing until front face of
mounted on front main bearing cap and with end of shaft. bearing is flush with front of housing. Be
driven from the crankshaft. timing gear Reinstall pump by reversing the sure shorter end ofshaft is towards front
through an idler as shown in Fig. 78. removal procedure. Tighten main bear ofhousing. Install slinge1 (3) with flange
'lb remove the oil pump, first remove
ing cap screws to 150 N m (110 ft.-lbs.) towards bearing assembly. Install front
oil pan as outlined in paragraph 80. torque. part of seal with carbon face of seal fac
Disconnect oil delivery pipe from ing rearward as shown in Fig. 83. Install
cylinder block and oil suction pipe from COOLING SYSTEM ceramic faced seal with grooved side
main bearing cap. Unbolt and remove towards the impeller. Support front end
the front main bearing cap with oil All Diesel Models of shaft, then press impeller onto shaft.
pump attached. Pump can be unbolted until clearance between front of impeller
from main bearing cap after removing 82. RADIATOR. Th remove radiator, blades and pump housing is 0.25-0.50
idler gear. first drain the cooling system. Remove
Check rotor clearance with a feeler hood and side panels. Remove radiator
gage as shown in Fig. 79. Clearance support strap. Remove fan shroud re
should be 0.01-0.06 mm (0.0005-0.0025 taining screws and move shroud rear
inch). Outer rotor to body clearance (Fig. ward. Disconnect top and bottom hoses
80) should be 0.028-0.033 mm from radiator. Remove cap screws at
(0.011-0.013 inch). Inner rotor end taching radiator to grille housing and
clearance (Fig. 81) should be 0.04-0.08 remove the two retaining nuts from
rom (0.0015-0.0030 inch) and outer rotor underneath front axle support. Lift
end clearance should be 0.01-0.06 mm radiator from the. tractor.
(0.0005-0.0025 inch). If pump rotor or Th reinstall, reverse tl1e removal
body are worn, scored or damaged, pump procedure.
assembly must be renewed.
83. THERMOSTAT. The thermostat
(17-Fig. 82) is contained in a housing
under the coolant outlet elbow (18).
Thermostat should begin to open at
81 84 oc (177183F) and should be ful
ly open at 98 oc (208 F).

84. WATER PUMP. 'lb remove water

pump, first drain cooling system. On
Models MF240 and MF250, remove
radiator as outlined in paragraph 82. On
Fig. 82-Exp/oded view of water pump end ther
all models, remove fan and fan belt. mostat housing.
Disconnect hoses from pump, remove I Pulley Onnge
pump mounting cap screws and remove 2 Sltal\ & bearing II Elbow
3. Slinger 12 8)'11&11 h-
pump assembly.
'lb disassemble, remove back cover
5. Houainl! 13. OuLieL h-
6. Seal usy. 14. Therm..Lal houtlng
F/9. 79-C/earance between Inner and outer rotors 7. lmpller 15. GukeL
can be measured using a feeler gage es shown. plate (9-Fig. 82). Remove pulley hub (1) 8. Guket 18. o..ket
9. Baclt cover plate 17 Thonn.. taL
10. GaakeL 18. Elbow

Fig. 81-Use a straightedge and feeler gage to Fig. 83-lnste/1 front part of sea/ with carbon face
Fig. SO-Clearance between outer rotor and pump measure end clearance between top of rotors and toward rear. The ceramic counterlece should be
body can be measured as shown. machined surface of pump body. Installed with grooved side toward rear.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 8587

mm (0.010-0.020 inch). Support rear end

of shaft (not the impeller), place pump

mounting cap screws into holes in hous
ing, then press pulley hub onto shaft as
shown in Fig. 84. Distance (A) from
Fig. 84-DisllJnce (A) should
gasket surface to fan surface of pulley
be 140.5 mm (5.530 Inches).
flange should be 140.5 mm (5.530 in Be 1ure to support end of
ches). Make certain shaft assembly shaft (not the Impeller) andIn
rotates smoothly. stell mounting cep screw
Reinstall water pump by reversing the before pressing pulley hub
onto shaft.
removal procedure. Adjust fan belt ten
sion to provide 13-19 mm (1/2 to 3/4 inch)
deflection with 66 N (15 pounds) force
applied midway between longest span
between pulleys.

BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM Loosen Thermostart fuel supply line

(tractors so equipped) at intake manifold
All Models So Equipped and operate lift pump priming lever un
DIESEL FUEL 86. 'lb bleed air from fuel system, first
til fuel flows from the line. Retighten fuel
line connection. If engine fails to start
SYSTEM make sw-e fuel shut-off valve is open and
move injection pump shut-ofT control to
at this point, loosen high pressure fuel
line connections at injectors. With hand
"Run" position. Loosen air vent plug throltle in full speed position, crank
The diesel fuel system consists of three (1-Fig. 85) in top of filter head, then engine with starter motor until fuel
basic units; the fuel tank and filters, in operate lift pump priming lever until air flows from the connections. Retighten
jeetion pump and if\iector nozzles. When free fuel flows from vent. Tighten vent fuel line connections and start engine.
servicing any unit associated with the plug.
diesel fuel system, the maintenance of THERMOSTART SYSTEM
absolute cleanliness is of utmost impor
tance. Of equal importance is the
NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate
crankshaft to change position of camshaft All Models So Equipped
avoidance of nicks or burrs on any of the lobe In relation to lift pump actuating arm
working parts. to allow operation of priming lever. 87. The Thermostart system is
available as an aid for cold weather
FUEL FILTERS Loosen vent plug on secondary filter starting on late production MF250 trac
(if so equipped) and repeat bleeding pro tors. The system consi.std ofan electrical
All Models So Equipped cedure. Open vent plugs (2 and 3) on in ly actuated heater located in the int..ake

85. Models MF230, MF235 and MF245

jection pump and operate lift pump manifold. The unit heats and ignites
priming lever. Tighten lower plug then diesel fuel vapor in intake manifold to
are equipped with a single fuel filter upper plug as air-free fuel flows from warm the air going into the cylinders.
{F-Fig. 85). 1\vo fuel filters, a primary each vent. Note that air in governor The system is actuated by turning the
and secondary, are used on Models housing relieved by bleed screw (3) will starter switch to "Heat" position for 15
MF240 and MF250. A glass sediment not prevent engine from starting and to 20 seconds, then turn key to
bowl is located at the bottom of the running properly; however, condensation "Heat/Start" position and crank engine.
primary or single filter element. Bowl in the trapped air can cause rusting of After engine struts, key can be returned
should be inspected and any dirt or to "Heat" position until engine runs
smoothly or for a maximum of 15
governor components and eventual
water accumulation drained daily. If pump malfunction.
substantial amount of water or other
contamination is evident, source of con
tamination should be found and cor
Manufacturer recommends renewing
fuel filter element(s) after every 500
hours of operations or annually,
whichever comes first. Filter elements Fig. 85-Schematlc view of
should also be renewed if loss of engine typlcel dleul fuel system
showing direction of fuel flow
power or uneven running is noticeable
In fuel 1/nes, filter (F}, lift
regardless of hours of operation. Note pump (L) and Infection pump
that cleanliness of fuel supply has more
effect on the life offuel filters than hours
(P). Line (R) retums exceas
fuel to tank. Two flltera ,,.
used on MF240 end MF250.
of operation.
I. bleed plut
Thoroughly clean fuel filter and sur 2 Pump bleed plug
S. Governor hou.ling bleed
rounding area prior to removal. Close plug
fuel tank shut-off valve. Remove center
cap screw from fuel filter head and
remove filter element. Install new ele
ment using new gaskets. Open fuel shut
off valve and bleed air from system as
outlined in paragraph 86.

Paragraphs 88-92 MASSEY-FERGUSON
seconds. Release the key when engine is Diaphragm (13) is disconnected from all connections as they are loosened to
running smoothly. lever (5) by pushing it into pump body prevent dirt entry into the system.
and turning it 90. A repair kit contain Remove the two stud nuts and withdraw

CAUTION: Never spray ether Into air Intake ing check valves (14 and 15), diaphragm injector unit from the cylinder head.
system If Thermoatart unit will be or has (13) and actuating link (5) components Thoroughly clean the nozzle recess in
been activated. Premature combustion of is available for servicing lift pump. cylinder head before reinstalling injec-
ether In manifold or cylinder head can result Bleed air from system as outlined tn tor unit. It is important that seating sur-
causing severe engine damage or personal paragraph 86 after reinstalling pump. face be free of even the smalJest particle
Injury. of carbon or dirt which could cause the
INJECTOR NOZZLES injector unit to be cocked and result in
H Thermostart unit does not operate blowby. No hard or sharp tools should be
. properly, check for voltage at intake All diesel models are equipped with used in cleaning.
manifold wiring connector while holding C.A.V. multihole nozzles which extend Do not reuse the copper sealing washer
key switch in "Heat" position. H voltage through the cylinder head to inject the (Fig. 87) located between injector nozzle
is not present, check wiring and switch. fuel charge directly into combustion and cylinder head, always install a new
H voltage is reaching Thermostart chamber. Different injectors have been washer. Be sure only one copper sealing
unit, disconnect fuel line and check for used. Refer to identification code letters washer is in place when installing the
restricted fuel flow. If fuel is flowing to (Fig. 87) stamped on nozzle holder when if\iector. Each if\iector should slide free
Thermostart unit, remove the unit, in servicing injectors. Do not intermix dif ly into place in cylinder bead without
spect and renew as necessary. ferent types of injectors. binding. Make sure dust seal is rein
stalled and tighten the retaining stud
FUEL LIFT PUMP All Models So Equipped nuts evenly to a torque of 14-16 N m
(10-12 fl..lbs.).
All Models So Equipped 89. LOCATING FAULTY NOZZLE.
H rough or uneven engine operation or 91. TESTING. A complete job of
88. The fuel lift pump shown in Fig. 86 misfiring indicates a faulty injector, the testing and adjusting the injector re
is operated by an eccentric on the engine defective unit can usually be located as quires the use of special test equipment.
camshaft. Output delivery pressure follows: With engine running at the Only clean, approved testing oil should
should be 41-69 kPa (610 psi). speed where malfunction is most be used in the lest tank. The nozzle
Scribe marks across cover (16) and noticeable, loosen the compression nut should be tested for opening pressure,
body (1 1) before disassembling to ensure on high pressure line for each injector in seat leakage, back leakage, and spray
correct alignment when reassembling. turn so fuel is discharged at the loosened pattern. When tested, the nozzle should
connection. Note change in engine, if open with a sharp popping or buzzing
any, and retighten connection. The faul sound and cut off quickly at end of m
i the one which least affects the
ty unit s jection with a minimum ofseat leakage
running of engine when its line is and controlled amount of back leakage.
loosened. H a faulty nozzle is found and
considerable time has elapsed since the WARNING: Fuel leaves the Injector nozzle
injectors have been serviced, it is recom tip with sufficient force to penetrate the skin.
mended that all nozzles be removed and Keep protected parts of your body clear of
serviced or that new or reconditioned nozzle spray when testing.
units be installed. Refer to the following
paragraphs for removal and Lest pro Before conducting test, operate tester
cedure. lever until fuel flows from tester line,
then attach the injector. Pump tester
90. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. lever a few quick strokes to clear air from
Before loosening any fuel lines, Lester line and injector and to make sure
thoroughly clean the lines, connections, nozzle valve is not stuck or spray holes
injectors and engine area surrounding plugged.
the injector with air pressure and solvent
spray. Disconnect the fuel leak-ofT line 92. OPENING PRESSURE. Open
and pressure line from the injector. Cap valve to tester gage and operate tester

Fig. 87-D/fferent Injectors

have been used. ldentlflca
tlon code fetters are stamped
In ltlon shown. Always
use new copper sealing
Fig. 86-Exp/oded rlew of fuel /Itt pump. Check
washer and be sure that only
valve (14 end 15) ,,. tvellable only with cover
one Is Installed.
I Rocl<er ann 9 Wuhr
2. Spnng 10 lnmal lover
S. !Ut&IM,.. II Body
4. Wuhe,.. 12 Sprina
5. Connectang link 13. Oiaphrap
6. Pin 14. Oullel cbk valve
7. Prhnlna lever 15. lnlt chock valve
8.Spring 16. Cover

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 93-96

lever slowly while observing gage zle tip dry. Operate tester lever slowly 96. OVERHAUL. Hard or sharp tool
reading. Opening pressure should be as to maintain gage pressure at 1000 kPa emery cloth, grinding compound, or
follows: (150 psi) below nozzle opening presswe. other than approved solvents or lapping
Hold test pressure for 10 seconds; if fuel compounds must never be used. An ap
Nozzle Identification appears on nozzle tip, the valve is not proved nozzle cleaning kit is available
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EE seating and injector must be overhauled through any C.A.V. Service Agency and
Setting Pressure With or renewed. other sources.
New Spring . . . . . . . . . 19235 kPa Wipe all dirt and loose carbon from ex
(2790 psi) 94. BACK LEAKAGE. If no external terior of nozzle and holder assembly.
Normal Operating leakage was noted in seat leakage test, It is recommended that injectors be
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 17720 kPa check for back leakage as follows: Bring soaked in a suitable carbon cleaning
(2570 psi) gage pressure to about 16000 kPa (2300 solution for several hours, or overnight
psi), close tester return valve and release if possible, prior to disassembly; other
Nozzle Identification tester lever. Observe the time requued wise, nozzle valve body (9-Fig. 90) may
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON or FS for gage pressw-e to drop from 15170 kPa tw-n with nozzle nut (10) shearing the
Setting Pressure With
New Spring . . . . . . . . . 18755 kPa
(2200 psi) to 10135 kPa (1470 psi). For locating dowel pins (7).
a nozzle in satisfactory condition, this Secure nozzle bolder (6) in a soft-jawed
(2720 psi) time should not be less than six seconds. vise or holding fixture, then remove cap
Normal Operating A faster pressure drop indicates a worn nut (1). Remove adjusting screw (3),
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 17240 kPa or scored nozzle valve assembly, and noz spring (4) and spindle (5). Unscrew noz
(2500 psi) zle valve should be renewed. zle nut (10) and remove nozzle valve
assembly (8 and 9).
Nozzle Identification NOTE: Leakage of the tester check valve Nozzle valve (8) and body (9) are
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM
. .
or connections will cause a false reading, matched assemblies and must. not be in
Setting Presswe With showing up In this test as excessively fast termixed. If more than one iDJector is to

this test, the tester rather than the units jector separate from the others by plac
New Spring . . . . . . . . . 18755 kPa
(2720 psi)
leak-back. If all Injectors tested fall to pass be disassembled, keep parts of each in

Normal Operating should be suspected as faulty. ing in a compartmented pan containing

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 17720 kPa clean diesel fuel.
(2570 psi) 95. SPRAY PAITERN. If leakage and Clean injector exterior using a brass
pressure are as specified when tested as wire brush. Soak in a suitable carbon
If opening presswe is not as specified, outlined in previous paragrap operate solvent, if necessary, to loosen hard car
remove the injector cap nut (1-Fig. 90) tester handle several times while obser bon deposits. Rinse parts in clean diesel
and turn adjusting screw (3} as required ving spray pattern. Four finely atomiz fuel or calibrating oil after cleaning to
to obtain recommended pressure. ed, conical sprays should emerge from neutralize the carbon solvent and pre-
nozzle tip with equal penetration into
NOTE: When adjusting a new Injector or surrounding atmosphere.
overhauled Injector with new pressure
spring (4), set pressure to the recommended NOTE: Spray pattern Is not symmetrical
higher pressure to allow for Initial pressure with centerline of nozzle Up. The apparent
loss due to spring taking a set. ly Irregular location of nozzle holes (See
Figs. 88 and 89) Is designed to provide the
93. SEAT LEAKAGE. To check for correct spray pattern In the combustion
leakage at nozzle valve seat, wipe noz- chamber.

Ifpattern is uneven, ragged or not fine

ly atomized, overhaul the nozzle as
outlined in paragraph 96.

Fig. 90-Exploded view of typical C. A. V. Injector

noule and holder assembly.
I. Cap nut
2. Geuet 7. Dowel pin
/ a. Adjusting aat!W 8. Nozzle valve
4. SprillJI 9. 'louie body

showing Injector spflly angle relative to engine.

Fig. 88-Nozzle holes (arrows) are not located an Fig. 89-Cutaway view of combustion chamber 5. Spindle 10. 'Joule nut
equal distance from noule tip. 6. Noule holder 11. Copper wuher

Paragraphs 97-98 MASSEY-FERGUSON
vent etching of polished surfaces. Use a removed. Assemble parts while wet with maximum speed adjusting screw when
pin vise with correct s1ze cleaning wire diesel fuel. Tighten nozzle nut to 68 throttle lever is moved to slow and fast
to clean nozzle spray holes as shown in N m (50 ft.-lbs.) torque.
positions. Also check to make sure stop
Fig. 91. Cleaning wire should be slight Retest and adjust the assembled injec lever moves fully to operating position
ly smaller than spray holes. On nozzles tor as outlined in paragraphs 91 through when stop button s i pushed in, and shuts

with "EE" identification code, spray hole 95. ofT fuel to injectors when stop button is
diameter is 0.28-0.30 mm CO.Oll-0.012 pulled.
inch). On all other nozzles, spray hole INJECTION PUMP The maximum speed adjusting screw
diameter is 0.25-0.27 mm (0.010-0.0105 (Fig. 93) is set at the factory and the ad
inch). Clean nozzle body seat and fuel The injection pump IS a sealed unit justment is sealed. High idle (no-load)
passages using appropriate tools from and no service work of any kind should speed should be 2135-2185 on Models
cleaning kit. be attempted on the pump or governor MF230 and MF240, 2400-2450 on
All polished surfaces should be unit without the use of special pump Models MF235, MF245 and MF250.
relatiVely bright without scratches or testing equipment and special trainin.:.
dull patches. Nozzle valve (8-Fig. 90) The only authorized adjustment is of the 98. PUMP STATIC TIMING. 1b
must slide freely in valve body (9). If low idle speed screw (Fig. 93). If addi check pump timing, shut off fuel at fuel
valve sticks, reclean or renew valve tional service work is required, the pump tank. Remove timing window cover (C
assembly as necessary. should be turned over to an authorized Fig. 98) from iruection pump and remove
Before reassembling, Lhoroughly rinse C.A.V. service station for overhaul. Inex engine timing window plug from lefl
all parts in clean diesel fuel and make perienced or unequipped service person side of flywheel housing adapter plate.
sure all carbon deoosits have been nel should never att.empt to overhaul a 'furn crankshaft until No. 1 (front) piston
diesel injection pump. is coming up on compression stroke and
the correct degree mark for static t1m
All Models So Equipped ing is aligned in flywheel timing window
(Fig. 94); 16 BTDC for MF245 and
97. ADJUSTMENT. The low idle MF250, 24 o BTDC for MF230, MF235
speed adjusting screw (Fig. 93) should be and MF240. At this point the "E" mark
adjusted with engine warm and running, on injection pump l'otor should align
to provide the recommended slow idle with square end of snap ring as shown
speed of 725-775 rpm. in Fig. 95.
Check to make sure that governor arm
con!.acts the low 1dle adjustmg screw and

Fig. 91-Cieen spray holes In nozzle tip using e pin

vise end correct size clunlng wire. Refer to text.

Fig. 95-The "E" timing merk on Injection pump

rotor should ellgn with squert end of snep ring
Fig. 94-View of flywheel 16 BTDC mark e/fgned when flywheel timing merk Is ellgned as shown In
with timing mark of flywheel housing. The 16 Fig 94.
Fig. 92-Meke sure lapped pressure feces of noz mark Is used for timing MF245 and MF250 tntctors.
z/e valve and holder are etten end free of nicks or Use 24 mark for all other models.

Fig. 93-VIew of Injection

pump showing points of ad

Fig. 96-Timing marks (T) should be ellgned when

pump Ia reinstalled.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 99 1 0 1

If "E" mark is slightly out of align

ment with end of snap ring, the mount
ing holes in pump flange are elongated
to permit minor timing variations. If it
is necessary to move pump, check align Fig. 97-To remove Injection
ment of timing marks on pump flange pump, It Is first necessary to
remove Inspection cover and
and timing gear case (Fig. 96) and scribe remove three retaining cap
new lines as necessary. If "E" mark can screws lrom drive gear.
not be aligned by shifting pump on Dowel (D) engages slot In
mounting studs, either the No. 1 piston pump shaft (Fig. 98).
is not on compression stroke or engine
timing gears are not Limed correctly.


The injection pump drive shaft has a
milled slot (S-Fig. 98) in forward end
which engages the dowel pin CD-Fig. 97)
in pump drive gear. The injection pump
drive gear cannot become unmeshed
from idler gear with timing gear cover Fig. 98-Locatlng slot (S)
in place. Therefore, injection pump can must align with dowel (D
Fig. 97) when pump Is
be removed and reinstalled without
reinstalled. Pump timing win
regard to timing position. dow cover Is shown at (C).
Before removing the injection pump,
thoroughly wash the pump and fuel line
connections. Immediately plug all open
ings in fuel system as lines are discon
nected to prevent entry of dirt.
Disconnect throttle rod (Fig. 93) and stop
cable or rod from pump. Shut ofT fuel, and timing gear case, then tighten stud 1100578
then disconnect fuel inlet, return and nuts. Field Current
high pressure lines from pump. Remove Amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0-4.5
. . .

inspection cover from front of timing NOTE: Pump can only be Installed In one Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
gear cover, then remove three cap screws position. If timing gear train has not been Cold Output
attaching injection pump drive gear to disturbed and timing marks (T-Fig. 96) are Amperes at 2000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . 22
pump shaft. Remove pump flange stud aligned, timing should be correct. Amperes at 5000 rpm 33
. . . . . . . . .

nuts, then withdraw pump. Rated Hot Output

'Ib reinstall pump, align milled slot Complete installation by reversing the (Amperes) at Maximum
(S-Fig. 98) in pump shaft with dowel removal procedure. Check pump timing Operating Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CD-Fig. 97) and insert pump. Align tim as outlined in paragraph 98. Bleed air
ing marks (T-Fig. 96) on pump flange from system as outlined in paragraph 86. 1100583
Field Current
Amperes . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .. . . 4.0-4.5

Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
.. Cold Output
Amperes at 2000 rpm . . . . .. . . . .
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Amperes at 5000 rpm . .
Rated Hot Output
. . . . . . . . 37

(Amperes) at Maximum
Operating Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
100. The electrical system on all booster battery or battery charger, be 'Ib test alternator output while in
models is 12 volt, negative grounded sure to observe correct polarity (positive stalled on tractor, fll'st disconnect bat
system. Models MF230, MF235 and to positive, negative to negative). Do not tery ground cable. Connect a test
MF245 are equipped with Delco-Remy short across or ground any terminals on ammeter and voltmeter in circuit at
alternator and starter motor. Models alternator. Do not attempt to polarize alternator "BAT" terminal as shown in
MF240 and MF250 may be equipped alternator. Fig. 99. Connect a carbon pile across bat
with either Lucas or Perkins (Hitachi) Refer to appropriate Figs. 247 through tery as shown and twn on headlights.
alternator and starter motor. 250 for tractor wiring diagrams. With engine operating at moderate
Before any electrical system service is speed, adjust carbon pile as required to
performed, a thorough check of condition ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR obtain maximum current output.
of battery, cable connections, alternator Voltage should be approximately 14.5
drive belt and pulleys should be made. Models MF230-MF235-MF245 volts.
Always disconnect battery leads before If ampere output is within 10 amperes
pe1forming any service operations on the 101. TESTING. A DelcoRemy alter of rated output stamped on alternator
tractor electrical system. Do not connect nator with integral solid state regulator frame, alternator is not defective. If out
or disconnect any part of charging is used on these tractors. Both 37 amp put is not within 10 amperes of rated
system while the engine is running as and 42 amp alternators are available, so output, ground field winding by insert
damage to voltage regulator could be sure of model when testing. Refer to ing a screwdriver into test hole (Fig. 100)
result. When connecting- batten' leads. the following specifications: in rear of alternator. If output is now

Paragraph 1 02 MASSEY-FERGUSON

Fig. 99-Connecr test am

meter and voltmeter In circuit
Ill ''BAT'' terminal as shown
to check output of Delco
Solenoid Remyalternator. Refer to text.

Fig. 102-Removed rotor assembly showing test

points to be used when checking for grounds,
shorts end opens.

Fig. 103-Test points for brush holder, refer to

Fig. 1()()-V/ew showing terminals and test hole on text.
Delco-Remy alternator.

Refer to Fig. 102 and touch the ohm

Fig. 101-Exp/oded view of Delco-Remy alternator
with Internal mounted solid-state regulator. Note meter probes to points (1-2) and (1-3); a
within 10 amperes of rated output, match marks (M) on end frames. reading near zero will indicate a short
renew regulator and check field (rotor) I. Pulley nul circuit to ground. Touch ohmmeter
2. Wather 9. Bridge rectifier
winding as outlined n i paragraph 102. 3. Spacer (oulSide drave 10. Otode l.rlo probes to the slip rings (2-3); reading
If output is still not within 10 amperes end) 11 Capaettor should be 5.3-5.9 ohms. A higher reading
4. Drive end frame 12. Stator
of rated output, disassemble alternator 5. Grease alinger 13. Rotor will indicate an open circuit and a lower
6. Ball bearing 14. Bru1h holdar
and check field winding, diode trio, rec reading will indicate an internal short.
7. Spacer (inside dnvo 16. Solidstate reUator
tifier bridge and stator as outlined in endI 16. Slip ring end frame If windings are satisfactory, mount rotor
8. Beanng retamer 17. Bearing & aeul usy
paragraph 102. in a lathe and check runout at slip rings
If alternator fails to start charging at using a dial indicator. Runout should not
all, there may be an open circuit in wir between stator frame (12) and drive end exceed 0.05 mm (0.002 inch). Slip ring
ing to No. 1 terminal of alternator. frame (4). Stator assembly (12) must re surfaces can be trued if runout is ex
Voltage must be present at this terminal main with slip ring end frame (16) when cessive or if surfaces are scored. Finish
to provide initial excitation of field wind unit is separated. with 400 grit or finer polishing cloth un
ing to start alternator charging. A quick til scratches or machine marks are
field check for an open excitation circuit NOTE: When frames are separated, removed.
is to momentarily place a jumper wire brushes will contact rotor shaft at bearing Before removing stator, brushes or
between alternator "BAT" terminal and area. Brushes MUST be cleaned of lubricant diode trio, refer to Fig. 103 and check for
No. 1 terminal with engine running. If If they are to be reused. grounds between points A and C and B
alternator starts charging, when it to C with an ohmmeter using the lowest
would not without jumper, an open ex Clamp the iron rotor (13) in a protected range scale. Then reverse the lead con
citation diode (located in wiring vise only tight enough to permit loosen nections. If both A to C readings or both
harness), oil pressure switch (diesel ing of pulley nut (1). Rotor end frame can B to C readings are the same, the
models), or ignition switch (gasoline be separated after pulley and fan are brushes may be grounded because of
models) is indicated. removed. Check bearing surface of rotor defective insulating washer and sleeve
shaft for visible wear or scoring. Ex at the two screws. If the screw assembly
102. OVERHAUL. To disassemble the amine slip ring surface for scoring or is not damaged or grounded, the
regulator is defective.
To test the diode trio, first remove the
alternator, fU"St scribe matching marks wear, and rotor winding for overheating
(M-Fig. 101) on the two frame halves (4 or other damage. Check rotor for ground

and 16), then remove the four through ed, shorted or open circuits using an stator. Then remove the diode trio,
bolts. Pry frame apart with a screwdriver ohmmeter as follows: noting the insulator positions. With an

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 03-1 04

ohmmeter, check between points A and at points A and B (Fig. 103) have in reading indicates open circuit in wiring
D (Fig. 104) and then reverse the ohm sulating washers and sleeves. or faulty warning light bulb. If an addi
meter lead connections. If diode trio is tional ground lead is used on alternator,
good, it will give one high and one low NOTE: A ground at these points will cause check continuity of lead using an
reading. If both readings are the same, no output, or uncontrolled output. ohmmeter.
the diode trio is defective. Repeat this If voltage is present at"+" and "IND"
test at points B and D and at C and D. Remove and inspect ball bearing leads, but warning light fails to come on
The rectifier bridge (Fig. 105) has a (6-Fig. 101). If bearing is in satisfactory when leads are reconnected to alter
grounded heat sink (A) and an insulated condition, fill bearing JA full with Delco nator, a faulty regulator and/or field
heat sink (E) that is connected to the out Remy Lubricant No. 1948791 and (rotor) winding is indicated.
put terminal. Connect ohmmeter to the reinstall. Inspect needle bearing (17) in To check alternator output, first
grounded heat sink (A) and to the nat slip ring end frame. This bearing should disconnect battery ground cable. Discon
metal strip (B). Then reverse the ohm be renewed if its lubricant supply is ex nect wiring from alternator, remove
meter lead connections. If both readings hausted; no attempt should be made to cover from rear of alternator, then recon
are the same, the rectifier bl"idge is defec relubricate and reuse the bearing. Press nect wiring leads. Connect an ammeter
tive. Repeat this test between points A old bearing out toward inside and press between starter solenoid te1minal and
and C, A and D, B and E, C and E, and new bearing in from outside until nush alternator output terminal (Fig. 106).
D and E. Capacitor (11 - Fig 101) con
. with outside of end frame. Saturate felt Connect a voltmeter between output ter
nects to the rectifier bridge and grounds seal with SAE 20 oil and install seal. minal and ground. Connect a carbon pile
to end frame, and p'rotects the diodes Reassemble alternator by reversing across battery terminals. Reconnect. bat
from voltage surges. the disassembly procedure. Remove wire tery ground cable and start engine.
Test the stator windings for grounded retaining the brushes after end frames Operate engine at 2000 rpm, turn on
or open circuits as follows: Connect ohm are bolted together. Tighten pulley nut headlights and adjust carbon pile as re
meter leads successively between each to a torque of 68 N m (50 ft.-lbs.). quired to obtain maximum current out
pair of leads. A high reading would in put. Ammeter reading should be
dicate an open circuit. The three stator Models MF240-MF250 With Lucas approximately 34 amperes. Adjust car
leads have a common connection in ihe Alternator bon pile so ammeter reading is less than
center of the windings. Connect ohm 10 amperes. Voltmeter reading should be
meter leads between each stator lead 103. TESTING. 'lb check alternator within range of 13.6-14.4 volts.
and stator frame. A very low reading wiring harness continuity, disconnect If output is low, use a jumper lead to
would indicate a grounded circuit. A wiring connections from alternator and short together the "F" and "-" connec
short circuit within the stator windings turn start switch to auxiliary position. tions (Fig. 106) on alternator. If output
cannot be readily determined by test Connect a voltmeter between ground is now within specified range, a faulty
because of the low resistance of the and each of the disconnected leads. Bat regulator and/or field winding s i in
windings. tery voltage should be present at the dicated. If output is still low, fault is
Brushes and springs are available on alternator "+" (battery) lead and the elsewhere in alternator. Disassemble
ly as an assembly which includes brush "IND" (warning light) lead. A zero and check as outlined in paragraph 104.
holder (14- Fig 101). If brushes are re

used, make sure all grease is removed 104. OVERHAUL. 'lb disassemble
from surface of brushes before unit is alternator, first remove rear cover
reassembled. When reassembling, first (17 Fig 107). Disconnect and remove
- .

install regulator and then brush holder, surge protection diode, regulator (16) and
springs and brushes. Push brushes up brush holder (13) with brushes (12). Note
against spring pressure and insert a that these parts can be removed without
short piece of straight wire through hole removing the alternator from the engine.
in brush holder and through end frame Any further disassembly of alternator
to outside. Be sure that the two screws will require removal of alternator.
Scribe match marks on slip ring hous
ing (11), stator fiame (10) and drive end
frame (3) to ensure correct alignment for
reassembly. Unsolder stator wires from
Fig. 105-Brldge rectifier test points, refer to text.

Fig. 106-Connect test am

meter and voltmeter as
shown to check alternator
output on Models MF240 and
MF250 equipped with Lucas

A 8 c
Fig. 104-Diode trio test points, refer to text.

Paragraphs 1 05-1 06 MASSEY-FERGUSON
rectifier (14), then remove rectifier from ing (8), slip ring (9) connections must nect ohmmeter leads between the two
housing. Remove retaining bolts and first be unsoldered and rings pried from rotor slip rings to check field winding
withdraw housing and stator from end shaft. Use a suitable puller to remove resistance. Ohmmeter should register
frame. bearing. 3.2 ohms. Check for continuity between
Remove pulley and fan from rotor Inspect brushes and rotor slip rings for slip rings and rotor frame. If continuity
shaft, then press rotor assembly (7) out wear and renew if necessary. Brush IS mdtcated, field winding is grounded
offront bearing and end frame. Remove length when new is 20 mm (0.787 inch). and rotor should be renewed.
snap ring and retainer plat.e (6), bearing Renew brushes if length is less than 10 Test stator windings for grounded or
(5) and felt seal and retainer assembly mm (0.394 inch). Brush spnng tenston open circnits as follows: Connect ohm
(4) from end frame. Th remove rear bear- should be 1.3-2.7 N (4.7-9.8 ounces). Con- meter leads between stator frame and
each lead wire. A low readmg would m

4 5 6 7 8
dicate a grounded circuit. Connect tester
leads successively between each pair of
stator leads. A high reading would in
dicate an open circuit.
Reassemble alternator by reversing
the disassembly procedure. Be sure to
align match marks on housings made
prio1 to disassembly.

Models MF240-MF250 With Perkins


105. TESTING. Th check alternator

output, connect a voltmeter between
"0+" termihal of alternator and
ground. Start the engme and observe
voltmeter reading. Voltage should be
within range of 13 to 15 volts. If
voltmeter readmg exceeds 15.5 volts,
voltage regulator is faulty. If voltmeter
reading is less than 13 volts, insert a pin
into small hole near the center of alter
nator rear housing to ground the "F"
Fig. 107-Erploded view of ryplcal lucas a/lernalor used on some MF240 and MF2SO ,,.crors. terminal. ifvoltage is now within range
of 13 to 15 volts. regulator is faulty. If
I Pulley 5 Beannr 9. Shp nnp 14 Rect1fler ..)'
2 Fan 6 Reta1ner pltl4r & 10 Stator 15. Sur11 prolllon voltage remains less than 13 volts.
3 Dr1ve end frame enap nna II Shp r1ng houa1ng d1ode disassemble alternator and check field
4 Felt eeal & reta1ner 7 Rotor 12. Bruahes & spnngs 16 ReifUiator
winding, diodes and stator as outlined
m paragraph 106.
auy 8 Beanng 13 Bnlllh holder 17 End C'OVtr

9 106. OVERHAUL. Prior to disassem

bly, scribe matching marks across end
frame (4-Fig. 108) and rear housing (14)
to ensure correct alignment for
reassembly. Remove four through-bolts,
then separate end frame with rotor from
rear housing and stator. Hold rotor in a
vise, then remove pulley nut, pulley (1),
fan (2) and spacer (3) from rotor shaft.
Separate rotor from end frame. Remove
front bearing (5) from end frame and
rear bearmg (8) from rotor if necessary.
Remove five nuts attaching brush
holder/diode/stator assembly to rear
housing. Unsolder stator wires from
diodes. Drill out rivet between brush box
(12) and dtode rectifier (11). Unsolder
brush box and regulator from rectifier.
Unsolder the regulator to brush box ter
minals and separate regulator from
brush box.
Renew brush holder assembly if brush
"free" length from end of holder is less
Fig. 108-Erploded view of Perkins allerneror used on some MF240 and MF2SO rracrors. than 2 mm (0.080 inch). This minimum
1. Pulley 6 Beanna 9 Stator allowable length is marked on the
2. Fan 6 Retainer plato 10. Diode terminal 13. Ref1ulotor
brushes by a groove on one side of each
S. Spacer 7 Rotor 11 Dode rect1fler 14. Reor houa1na
4 End f'rame 8. Bearing 12 Bruah holder aasy 15. Tormnal <lip brush.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 1 0 6 Cont.

Current flows in one direction only in powered 12 volt test lamp or an ohm tester lead connections. Thst lamp should
each of the six diodes. Check each diode meter. Connect tester leads to positive light or ohmmeter should indicate con
for directional continuity using a battery and negative side of diode, then reverse tinuity in one direction only. If continui
ty is indicated in both directions or if
Anvneter there is no continuity in either direction,
12 Volt
diode is defective and rectifier assembly

must be renewed.
Check rotor field winding for open cir
cuit by connecting test lamp or ohm
meter leads to each of the rotor slip
rings. If no continuity is indicated, rotor
is faulty and must be renewed. Check for
Fig. 109-Connect ammeter, continuity between the slip rings and
voltmeter and a switch as
shown to perform no-load rotor shaft. If continuity s i indicated,
test on starting motor. Refer winding is grounded and rotor must. be
to text for specifications. renewed.
Check for continuity between each of
the stator coil leads. Renew stator if an
open circuit is indicated. Check for con
tinuity between each of the stator coil
leads and the stator frame- If continui
ty is indicated, winding is grounded and
stator must be renewed.
'Ib reassemble alternator, reverse the
disassembly procedure whlle noting the
following special instructions: Tighten

Fig. 110-Exploded view of

typical Delco-Remy starting
motor used on MF230, MF235
and MF245 tractors.
1. Bualung
2. Oil wick & plug
S. Orive housing
4. Shift lever

5. Plunger
6. Spring
7. Solenoid
8. Thrust wuher
9. Snap rine
10. !Wtainer
II. Drive pnion
12. Fiber wuher
13. CA!nter beoring
14. Buahlng
15. Armature
16. Thruat waaber
1 7. Field coil
18. Pole shoes
I9. Field frame
20. Brushes
21. Springe
22. Buahing
23. Prame



Paragraphs 1 07-1 08 MASSEY-FERGUSON

brush holder/diode assembly retaining 1

nuts to 3.13.9 N m (28-24 ft.-lbs.)
torque. Tighten pulley retaining nul to

44-59 N m (33-43 ft..-lbs.) torque. Push
brushes up into bolder and insert a pin
through hole in center of rear cover to
hold brushes in this position. Remove
brush retaining pin after rotor is in
stalled. Tighten the through-bolts to a

torque of 3.1-3.9 N m (28-34 in.-lbs.).
Fig. 112-ElCploded view of
typiCIII Perkins starting motor
used on some MF240 and
MF250 tractors.
1 Solenotd

2 s.,..,r wuben
3. Plr

4. Pivot ptn
6 Stun lever
6 Duat aeal
7 Bnah
8 Fteld windtng
Models MF230-MF235-MF245 9 Houatng

10 11
10. Dnve hoUJJng
II. Bahing
107. A Delco-Remy starting motor is 12 End cover

used on all models. Connecl voltmeter 13 BrUJh holder asay
14 Bnah & spring
and ammeter to starting motor as shown 16. Thrua wuhe!"1
in Fig. 109 to perform no-load test. 16 Armature
17. Cenur bearing plot
18. Drive ptnion
Gasoline Models 19. Ponton st.op
20 Snap nng

Delco-Remy Model
Number . . . . . 1108323 and 1 108324
No-Load Thst:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Amperes {w/solenoid) . . . . . . . 50-80
19 20
Rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5500-10500

Diesel Models (Standard)

Delco-Remy Model Number . . 1107870 No-Load Thst: justable; however, some clearance must
No-Load Thst: Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 be maintained between end of pinion
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Amperes (w/solenoid) . . . . . . 20-120 and starter drive frame to assure solid
Amperes (w solenoid) . . . . . . . 50.80 Rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9000-14000 contact of the magnetic switch. Normal
Rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5500-9000 Solenoid Model Number: pinion clearance should be within the
Solenoid Model Number: Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 114381 limits of 0.25-3.56 mm (0.010-0.140
Production ... 1 1 13391 and 1 1 14466 Service . . . . 1 114381 and 1 114458 inch). Connect a 6 volt battery to
Service . . . . 1 1 1 4356 and 1 1 14458 solenoid terminals when measuring pin
Refer Lo Fig. 110 for exploded view of ion clearance to keep armature from
Diesel Models (Heavy Duty) typical Delco-Remy starting motor. turning.
Delco-Remy Model Number . . 1109257 Starter drive pinion clearance is nol ad-
Models MF240-MF250


Lucas starting motor is used on some
MF240 and MF250 tractors. Connect
voltmeter and ammeter to starting
motor as shown in Fig. 109 to perform
no-load tesl. Specifications are as follows:

No-Load That-
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
Amperes (max.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50007500

Refer to Fig. 1 1 1 for exploded view of

typical Lucas starling motor. Brush
spring tension should be between
1 1 .6-15.5 N (42-55 ounces). Renew
brushes if length is less than 8 mm {5/16
inch). When renewing armature
bushings, new bushings should be
soaked in engine oil for 24 hours prior
to installation. Tighten the two through
bolls to a torque of 1 1 N m (8 ft.. lbs.).

Fig. 111-ElCploded view of typical Lucas starting motor used on some MF240 and MF250 tractors.
Starter drive pinion end clearance is
I. Solenoid 14. ThrUJt collar
2. Plunger uay 6 Bnah 10 BrUJh 1 5 Snap rtn8 acijustable. Connect a 6 volt battery to
8. Duot aeal 7 8ruah holder & spnnp 1 1 Fteld coil & body 16. Eccentric pin blade terminal on solenoid to hold pinion
4. Shin lever 8. 8UJhlng 12. Armalure 1 7 BuahlniJ
6. End cover 9 Armature brake uay. 13. Drive ptnion 18. Drive houtini in engaged position. While pushing pin-

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 09-1 1 2

ion lightly towards armature to remove release shaft (1) and rotate shaft until All Other Models . . . . . . . 308 mm
any free play in linkage, measure clutch release bearing contacts clutch (12-1/8 in.)
clearance between end of pinion (13) and levers (resistance is felt). Move pedal un Split 'lbrque Clutch-
the thrust collar (14). 1\.irn eccentric pin til desired free travel is obtained, then All Models . . . . . . . . . . . 298.5 mm
(16) as required to obtain recommended tighten clamp bolt. (11-3/4 in.)
clearance of 0.13-0.38 mm (0.005-0.015
inch). Tighten locknut to hold pin in Models MF235-MF245 Late Style (Pedal Pushes
position. Forward)
111. Clutch pedal free travel is Dual Stage Clutch-
109. PERKINS STARTING MO measured at (F-Fig. 114) between clut,ch All Models . . . . . . . . . . . 295.3 mm
TOR. A Perkins (Hitachi) starting motor shaft arm (2) and transmission housing. ( 11-5/8 in.)
is used on some MF240 and MF250 trac Free travel should be 4 mm (5/32 inch). Split 'lbrque Clutch-
tors. Connect voltmeter and ammeter to If incorrect, loosen clamp bolt (1) and All Models . . . . . . . . . . . 285.8 mm
starting motor as shown in Fig. 109 to rotate clutch release shaft until (11-1/4 in.)
perform no-load test. Specifications are throwout bearing just contacts clutch
as follows: fingers. Move pedal until correct free
travel is obtained, then tighten clamp TRACTOR SPLIT
No-Load Test- bolt.
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 The length (R) of pedal linkage rod All Models
Amperes (max.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 should be measured from center to 112. 'lb detach engine from transmis
Rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4000-7500 center and adjusted to the following sion assembly, disconnect battery cables
lengths as necessary. and remove battery. Remove hood and in
Refer to Fig. 112 for an exploded view strument panel lower covers. Install
of typical Perkins starting motor. Ar Early Style (Pedal Pushes wedge blocks between axle and axle sup
mature commutator minimum allowable Downward) port to prevent tipping. Remove front
diameter is 40 mm (1.575 inches). Max Dual Stage Clutch- weights if so equipped. Disconnect wir
imum allowable runout for armature Orchard Models . . . . . . . 295.3 mm ing from starter, alternator, temperature
and commutator is 0.10 mm (0.004 inch). (11-5/8 in.) gage sending unit, fuel gage sending
Depth ofinsulation below surface of com
mutator should be 0.20-0.80 mm
(0.008-0.031 inch). Minimum allowable
brush length is 14 mm (0.551 inch).
Armatw-e end play should be 0.05-0.30
mm (0.002-0.012 inch). If end play ex

ceeds 0.30 mm (0.012 inch), install an ad

Fig. 113-Refer to text for
ditional thrust washer (15).
clutch pedal free travel ad
Starter drive pinion end clearance is }ustment on MF230, MF240
adjustable. Connect a 6 volt battery to and MF250 models.
solenoid "S" terminal to hold pinion in 1. Croes wll
2 Clamp boll
engaged position. Push pinion lightly a. Footresl apacer
towards armature to remove free play in 4. Clutch pedal

linkage, then measure clearance be-

tween face of pinion gear and the pinion
stop (19). Recommended clearance is
0.3-1.5 mm (0.012-0.060 inch). Add or
remove spacer washers (2) as required to
obtain desired clearance.

Tractors may be equipped with a
flywheel mounted dual stage clutch
which permits continuous Oive) pto or
with a split torque clutch with indepen
dent pto. Refer to the appropriate follow Fig. 114-Drewlng of late
ing paragraphs for adjustment and style clutch pedal linkage
used on MF235 and MF245
overhaul procedure.
models. Early style clutch
pede/ pushes downward.
ADJUSTMENT C/earence "F" should be 4
mm (5/32 Inch). Refer to text
for rod length (R).
Models MF230-MF240-MF250

110. Clutch pedal free travel CF-Fig.

113) is measured between top of clutch LINKAGE
pedal shaft (4) and bottom of footrest ROO

spacer (3). Free travel should be 1 1 mm

(7/16 inch). If incorrect, loosen clamp bolt
(2), then insert a punch into hole of

Paragraphs 1 1 3-1 1 4 MASSEY-FERGUSON

116 and tighten nuts to compress clutch

springs. Three % inch UNC cap screws
that are 2-18 inches (54 mm) long can
also be used instead of special "T" bolts
Fig. 115-V/ew ol tntctorspllt
to compress clutch spnngs. Remove re
showing location of wooden taining cap screws and Lift clutch
block to hold luel tenlt, assembly from flywheel as shown in Fig.
wedge block to prevent lip 117.
ping and guide studs to aid In
sale separation end joining.
'Ib reinstall clutch, first position
transmission friction disc (6-Fig. 118)
in flywheel with hub side facing away
from flywheel. Position air ring (5) on
flywheel if so equipped. Use a suitable
pilot shaft to align clutch discs and in
stall clutch assembly while aligning
previously made assembly punch marks.
Tighten retaining cap screws to 41 N m

unit and headlights, then pull all wires DUAL CLUTCH (30 ft.-lbs.) torque. Remove "T" bolts and
out of the way. Disconnect throttle rod, pilot shaft. Adjust clutch, if necessary, as
fuel shut-off cable, engine oil pressure All Models So Equipped outlined in paragraph 115.
gage line, tachometer cable, air cleaner
hose and ground strap. On models so 113. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. 114. OVERHAUL. Before disassem
equipped, disconnect hydraulic oil lines, Refer to paragraph 112 and separate bling clutch, punch mark the clutch
power steering lines, drag links, radius engine from transmission. Punch mark cover, pto pressure plate, drive plate and
rods and/or horizontal mufller. On all the clutch cover (16-Fig. 118), pressure transmission pressure plate so parts can
models, remove screws attaching the plate (14), drive plate (12), pressure plate be reassembled in the same relative posi
rear fuel tank mounting bracket and (7) and engine flywheel so parts can be tions. Unhook release lever torsion
block tank up as shown in Fig. 115 us reinstalled in their original positions. In springs (22-Fig. 118). Back off "T" bolt
ing a wooden block. On models with stall the three special bolts shown in Fig. nuts until pivot pin retainer pins (21),
steering drag links, secure drag links so early style clutch, can be driven free of
wheels are straight and will not turn. pivot pins (20). Do not attempt to drive
Support engine and transmission in retaining pins completely out of cover.
dependently so engine and front system On late style clutches, remove retaining
can be moved forward away from clips from release lever pivot pins. On all
transmission. Remove screws securing models, remove p1vot pins and lever
engine to transmission housing, remove springs. Disconnect release levers (17)
starting motor and install guide studs. from links (4). Loosen "T" bolt nuts even
Carefully move engine and front ly to release spring pressure, then
assembly forward as shown in Fig. 115. remove "T" bolts and separate clutch
When rejoining tractor, be sure to use components.
a guide stud in each side oftransmission Thoroughly clean and examine all
housing to assist in alignment. Turn parts for wea1 or damage. Renew any
flywheel to align clutch plate splines parts which are questionable. Flywheel
with transmission and pto input shaft friction surface may be resurfaced up to
splines. When engine and transmission a maximum depth of 1.0 mm (0.040
flanges meet, install retaining cap inch). An equal amount of material must
screws and remove guide studs. Do not also be removed from clutch mounting
use cap screws to force units together as surface of flywheel to maintain correct
damage to clutch and transmission may clutch spring tension. It is not permissi
result. Complete installation by revers ble to resurface pressure plates (7 and
ing the splitting procedure. Check clutch Fig. 117-Vlew showing removel/lnstel/11/on of 14) or dnve plate !12). Insulating
linkage adjustment as outlined in typical dual clutch assembly. Air ring Is not used washen; (9) should be renewed when new
paragraph 110 or 1 1 1 . on later models. springs OOl are mstalled.

Fig. 1 18-Exploded view of

22 21 20
typical dual clutch assembly.

Air ring (5) Is not used on later
I Ptn
2 Cour pm
3 Llnk ptn

4 L10k

150 nm
6 A1r nng
6 'J'ranontDIOn dlJC
(6 i n . ) 7 Pnau plau-

19 1 17
9 lnaulaltng wa$her
10 Clutch apnna
Fig. 116-Specle/ "T" bolts can be made to II A<IJuattl\ll ocrew

16 15 6
facilitate clutch remove/, repair end Instillation. 12 Dnvt plate
13 Pto ciuw:
Welde cro81 handle toe alx-lnch place of 114 1nch 14 Pre&Oure plate
UNC threaded rod. A forcing nut end washer Is 16 Sellevtlle spnng 17 Rrleu" lrr 19 A<IJutonR "'"'" 21 RetAtntr pin
uted to comprus the clutch springs. 16 Clutch cover 18 Locknut 20 Povot pon 22. Tonoon oprtn

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 1 5- 1 1 8

'Ib reassemble, place clutch cover up

side down on bench, then center
Belleville spring in cover with convex
side up. Place pressure plate on spring Fig. 120-Exploded view of
split torque clutch assembly
aligning assembly punch marks. Install used on some MF235 and
pte clutch disc with hub side down. In MF245 tractors.
stall pto drive plate aligning assembly I. Pon
2. Adjustmg BCrew
marks, then temporarily hold drive plate 3. Release lever
and clutch cover together using three 4. Torsion opting
5. Clutcll cover
5/16 x 1-1/2 inch bolts through flywheel 6. Cup
mounting holes. i. Spring
8. Pressure plate
Reinstall links, levers and retaining 9. Clutch d1sc
pins on main pressure plate making cer
tain head of pin is positioned as shown
in Fig. 119. Position cover assembly on
to coil springs guiding release levers
through holes in cover. Make sure the
assembly punch maks are all aligned.
Install release lever springs. Install the SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
"T" bolts and tighten forcing nuts evenly
to compress clutch springs until release All Models So Equipped 118. OVERHAUL. 'Ib disassemble the
lever pivot pins can be installed. Hook removed pressure plate cover unit, place
torsion springs into recesses in clutch 116. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. the assembly in a press as shown in Fig.
cover. Remove the three bolts securing Refer to paragraph 112 and separate 121 and apply only enough pressure to
clutch cover to pto drive plate. engine from transmission. Punch mark relieve tension on pins. Remove pins
Reinstall clutch and check adjustment the clutch cover, pressure plate and (1-Fig. 120) and lift off cover. Inspect.
as outlined i n paragraph 115. flywheel so original balance can be release levers and pins fo1 wear or
maintajned when reassembling. Loosen damage and pressure plate for scoring,
115. ADJUSTMENT. After clutch pressure plate retaining screws evenly to heat checks or wear at actuating pin
assembly has been installed on flywheel, prevent warping the clutch cover. boles. Pressure plate must not be resur
two adjustments are necessary for prop Install clutch driven disc with side faced. It is permissible Lo resurface
er clutch operation. Proceed as follows: marked "FLYWHEEL SIDE" toward flywheel friction surface to a maximum
flywheel. The center hub will be riveted depth of 1.0 mm (0.040 inch). An equal
NOTE: Clutch assembly must be installed to front side of clutch disc center. Use a amount of material must also be re
with a new primary friction disc (6-Fig. suitable aligning tool to align the driven moved from clutch mounting surface of
118), even if a partially worn disc is to be disc splines and pto drive splines in flywheel to maintain COIT.'Cl clul<;h
reinstalled, to obtain accurate adjustment of cover. Align the previously affixed punch spring tension. Inspect splines in pto
clutch. ma1ks and tighten the retaining screws drive hub for wear or damage. Renew
evenly to a final torque of 19-28 N m clutch springs if there are indications of
Check the clearance between head of 04-21 ft.-lbs.). Check and adjust release heat discoloration or distortion.
pto clutch adjusting screws and surface lever height as outlined in paragraph Reassemble by reversing the disassem
of pto pressure plate. Adjust the screws 117. bly procedure making sure that.
as required to provide 1.98-2.08 mm assembly punch marks are aligned. In
(0.078-0.082 inch) clearance. 117. ADJUSTMENT. 'Ib adjust clutch stall release lever pivot pins with heads
Adjust release lever adjusting screws lever height, turn adjusting screws leading in direction of clutch rotation as
(19) as required so distance from top of (2-Fig. 120) as required so distance from shown in Fig. 121.
each screw Lo inner lip of flywheel is top of each screw to inner lip of flywheel Reinstall clutch, then adjust release
82.55-83.31 mm (3.250-3.280 inches). Be is 82.55-83.31 mm (3.250-3.280 inches). lever height, if necessary, as out! ined in
sure all screws are adjusted evenly. Be sure screws are adjusted evenly. paragraph 117.

Fig. 1 19-Be sure clutch

release levers are Installed
with head of retaining pin
positioned as shown.

Fig. 121-Use a press to disassemble and

reassemble split torque clutch. Be sure unit Is
assembled with head of pivot pin on leading side
as shown.

Paragraphs 1 1 9-1 2 1 MASSEY-FERGUSON

SIX-SPEED TRANSM ISSION ferentaal housing as outlined in

paragraph 119. Remove detent springs
(4-Fig. 122) and plungers (3) from top

of housing. Remove shift rail interlock
Fig. 122-Exploded view of
shlfler ralls end forks of the
plate {16) from rear of housing. Remove
set screws retaining shift forks to rails,
lype used on six-speed then withdraw shifl. rails and forks from
models. transmission case.
1 Expanaoon plug
2 Planeuory reol
When reinstalling, be sure planetary
3 OtouonL plun11er selector (12) is positioned with fork up
4 Spron11
5 Fork "'" a<rw ward and set screw hole towards outside
12 S.le<IA)r of case. Shifl. forks (21 and 21A) are in
IS S.IU>r lock pon
terchangeable, but shift rails (19 and 20)
are not. Be sure shift. rails are positioned
16 Stop pia
17 Cap acr.,.
18 Planttary ahofl fork
19 Low It norw rail so milled flat area of each shaft is at the
20 Stcond & howh raol rear and facing upward and the notch m
21 & 21A Shofl foru
rear end of each shaft for interlock pin
i facing mward. Tighten set screws
securely and lockwire in place.


Models MF230, MF235 and MF245 engage shift rails. Tighten cover screws All Models So Equipped
may be equ1pped with three-speed to 47 N m (35 ft..lbs.l torque.
sliding gear :;et compounded by a dual Reconnect transmiSSion to engine as 121. The planetary unit can be re
range planetary reduction gear set outlined in paragraph 112. moved after separating transmlSSion
which prov1des six forward speeds and case from differential housing. Remove
two reverse speeds. SHIFTER RAILS AND FORKS planetary shift fork 08-Fig. 123) and
coupler (42). Remove cap screws retain
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL All Models So Equipped ing planetary rear cover (41) and ring

gear (32) to transmission case. Withdraw
All Models So Equipped 120. 'Ib remove shifter raiIs and forks, planetary carrier assembly from ring
first remove transmission top cover and gear, then use two screwdrivers to pry
119. 'Ib remove the complete six-speed detach transmission housing from dif. ring gear and dowels from case.
transmission unit from the tractor, first
drain transmission and hydraulic system
Planet pinion shafts (39-Fig. 124) are
a tight press fit in planet carrier(40); use
fluid and separate engine with fuel tank a suitable press when removing and in
from transmission as outlined in para stalling. Two rows of(27 each) loose nee
graph 112. dle rollers (38) are used in each planet
Remove battery support with air pinion, separated and spaced by three
cleaner from tractor. Remove cap screws washers (36). Use viscous grease to stick
attaching shift cover to top oftransmis thrust washers (35) to gears, and com
sion. Attach a suitable hoist to steering pletely assemble the bearing, before at
support, then lift steering column, in tempting to install the pinion shafts(39).
st.Jument. panel and shift cover from Be sure shim (30) and front plate (31)
transmission. are positioned with cutaway slot towards
Remove both step plates, d1sconnect top of planetary. Oil groove side of front
clutch pedal rod and both brake rods, and rear plates (31 and 41) shouJd face
then unbolt clutch pedal bracket. Attach inward. Use light. coating of grease to
hoist to transmission and support dif hold thrust. washers (33) in position.
ferential housing, then unbolt transm1s Cutaway section ofrear plate (41) should
sion from differential housing. Install be on bottom right-hand corner as shown
guide studs and carefully slide transmis F1g. 123-V'- ofpl-r.ry ..-nbly /Mr.l'-d on in Fig. 123. Cap screw (S) should be in
sion forward away from differential f'Hr of trarwnla/on caN. eut...y ..ctlon ol ,.., stalled without. lockwasher. Tighten re
pfele {41) ehould on low.r rlflhlhnd ekH u
housing. ehown. Cap ecrew (S) ehould lner.l'-d without taining cap screws to 41-47 N m (30-35
Rejoin transmission to differential lockwNhr. Refer to Fig. 124 for legnd. ft ..Jbs.) torque.
housing completely before installing the
attaching screws. It may be necessary to
reach through response control opening
Fig. 124-Exploded view of
to turn pto coupling before transmission plenelary assembly.
will slide up to differential housing.

( 3 1 34 33
30 Shorn

42 1

4 33 Jk:! 3t. 36 .I
Tighten the screws attaching differential 31 Front pia
32 ltlng goar

housing to transmission housmg to 33 Thruat wuher
68-75 N m (50-55 ft..Jbs.) torque.

:u Do..

35 36 /
35 Thnat ,.
...b.,r .

When reinstalling shift. cover, place all 36 Spar w11her
37 Planet gear

3 35
gears in neutral and be sure detent pins 38 Nttdle rollero
and springs are correctly positioned 39 Shall
40 Planet camer
under gasket. Lower cover into position 41 Rear cover
over guide studs making sure levers 42 Shll\ coupler

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 22-1 23

to outer diameter of seals. Lubricate seal

lips with grease prior to installation of
input shafts. When renewing bearings,
note that "open" side of bearings must
face away from gear teeth. Use a suitable
seal protector sleeve over spli ned end of
pto input shaft and transmission input
Fig. 125-Top view of six shaft to avoid damaging oil seals as in
speed transmission assembly
put shafts are installed. Apply Loctite
with shift ralls removed. Refer
to Fig. 126 for legend. 271 adhesive to outer diameter of
transmission shaft bearing (19).
Reinstall bearing retainer with shafts
making certain cutout section of hous
ing for pto drive gear is towards bottom
of case. Apply a suitable nonhardening
sealer to threads of mounting c:ap screws.
then tighten to 54-61 N m (40-45 fUbs.)

torque. Reinstall pto lower shaft as

outlined in paragraph 125.
INPUT SHAFTS Note that Loctite adhesive is used on
outer diameter of bearing to aid in re- MAINSHAFT AND SLIDING GEARS
All Models So Equipped taining it in housing. Heating housing
at bearing area will make removal All Models So Equipped
122. 'lb remove input shafts ( 1 5 and easier. Remove snap ring (17), t.hen bump
21-Fig. 126), it is first necessary to pto input shaft (15) with bearings from
remove transmjssion from tractor as housing.
outlined in paragraph 119. Remove When !'eassembling, be sw-e to l'enew
brake cross shaft and clutch release oil seals (13 and 16). Lips of seals must
bearing and fork. It is also necessary to face rearward. Apply a suitable sealant
move pta lower shaft (60) rearward lo
allow pta gear (59) to drop down into case
to provide clearance for removal of input
shafts and retainers as an assembly; pro
ceed as follows: Remove cover plate (50)
at front of pto shaft. Remove snap ring
(53) from shaft, then thread two cap
screws into tapped holes in bearing hous
ing (56) to force housing and bearing
from shaft. Pull pta shaft rearward un
til pto gear drops to bottom of case.
Remove cap screws attaching input shaft
retainer ( 1 1 ) to case, then withdraw in
put shafts and retainer as an assembly.
To disassemble, remove snap ring (20)
and bump transmission input. shaft. (21)
and bearing (19) rearward from retainer.

Fig. 126-Exploded view of six-speed transmis

sion, gears, shafts and related components.
Planetary unlt ls shown In Fig. 124.

I Spocer 26 2nd & 3rd cnr

2 Thrust wosher 27 Snap nnl-!
3 verse tdler J.tOr 211 ll<>ormR
4 Washer 60 Cover
5. Spacer 61 o rong
6 Needle rollers 52. Snap nnt
7. Idler shaft 53 Snap nn;
8 Ret.<uner clop 54 Waher
I I Input shaft retomcr 55 Bermg
housmg 56 Reuuner hou..,n'IJ.:
12.Guket 57 GaokeL
13.Seal 58 :Snap ron
14 Bermg $9 Pto dnH gollt
15 PI<> input shall. 60 Pto lower huft
16. Oil seal 61 Snop nn
17 Snap rmg 62 Countcnhnft drt\t
18. Snap nn uear
19. BeannR 63 Beanng
20. Snap nnK 64 Countershnft
21 TranemtMIUn mput- 65 B<>annK
shafl. 66. Snup ron
22. Snap nng 67 3rd eur
23. B<>anng 68 2nd ge
24 Itt g 69 !l<>anng
25. Mauuhaf\ 70 Snup nng

Paragraphs 1 24-1 27 MASSEY-FERGUSON

remove planetary unit as outlined in be pushed out of front support boss and front bearing until washer (54) and snap
paragraph 1 2 1 and remove input shafts removed from housing as idler shaft is ring (53) can be installed at front of
pushed into the gear from the rear. Be

as outlined in paragraph 122. shaft. Install front cover, apply
Remove snap ring (22) from front of nonhardening sealer to threads of retain-

sure gear cluster is positioned in
mainshaft, then bump shaft rearward transmission with smaller gear teeth ingcap screws and tighten to 54-61 N m
out of front bearing. Withdraw shaft forward. (40-45 ft.lbs.) torque.
rearward while lifting gears (24 and 26)
out top opening of case.
Note that mainshaft. diameter at the
rear s
i slightly larger than at front. Rear
bearing (28) must be removed and
All Models So Equipped
All Models So Equipped
125. 1b remove pto lower shaft
reinstalled over forward end of shaft.
1b reinstall mainshaft and gears,
reverse the removal procedure. Be sure
(60-Fig. 126) and gears, first remove 126. 1b remove countershaft (64-Fig.
transmission assembly as outlined in 126) and gears, transmission must first
"open" side of front bearing faces away
paragraph 119. Remove brake cross be removed as outlined in paragraph
from firsUreverse gear (24).
shaft, clutch release bearing and fork, 119. Remove shift rails and forks,
and shift rails and forks. Remove front planetary unit, pto lower shaft and gear,
REVERSE IDLER ASSEMBLY cover plate (50). Remove snap ring (53) input shafts and retainer, and mainshaft
from front of pto shaft, then thread two as outlined in preceding paragraphs.
All Models So Equipped cap screws into tapped holes in bearing Remove snap ring (61) from front of
retainer (56) to force retainer and bear countershaft and slide front gear (62) off
124. The reverse idler gear (3-Fig. ing off the shaft.. Pull shaft rearward out the shaft. Remove snap ring (70) from
126) and shaft (7) can be removed after of the countershaft. Unbolt and remove rear of shaft, then use a block of wood
removing the mainshaft as outlined in input shafts (15 a.nd 21) and retainer (1 1) and hammer to drive countershaft for
paragraph 123. as a unit from housing. Lift pto gear (59) ward until free from rear bearing.
Reverse idler shaft s
i retained by a clip from transmission case. Withdraw countershaft forward from
(8) that fits into a notch in rear end of When reassembling, be sure bub side housing and remove gears (67 and 68).
shaft. Push shaft rearward from housing of pto gear faces forward (away from Renew parts as necessary. Be sure lo
and remove idler gear being careful not countershaft). Install input shafts and install front bearing (63) with "open"
to lose the loose bearing rollers (6). A retainer making certain cutout section side facing away from gear teeth on
total of56 bearing rollers are contained of retainer faces downward. Apply countershaft. Install needle bearing (65)
in bore of gear. nonbardening sealer to threads of re flush with end of shaft. Install gears
Use a light coating of grease to hold tainer cap screws, then tighten to 54-61 with hub sides facing together. Insert
bearing rollers and washers in place in N m (40-45 ft.-lbs.) torque. Insert pto
countershaft into housing from the front.
gear during reassembly. A dummy shaft., shaft through countershaft and pto gear. Block front of shaft, then tap rear bear
slightly smaller in diameter than idler Install bearing retainer (56) with bear ing onto shaft until snap ring (70) can
shaft, can also be used to hold rollers and ing over shaft. Use a suitable spacer be installed. Install constant mesh gear
washers in correct position. Dummy tube, washer and bolt threaded into front (62) and snap ring (61) onto front of
shaft must be short enough that it can end of shaft to pull pto shaft into the countershaft.

All models except MF230 may be cover, then unbolt and lift cover from top partment. Attach hoist to transmission
equipped with a sliding gear transmis of transmission case. Disconnect and support differential housing, then
sion coupled with a dual range planetary hydraulic line inside transmission com- unbolt transmission from differential
reduction gear set providing eight for
ward speeds and two reverse.

Fig. 127-Exp/oded view of
All Models So Equipped eight-speed transmission
shifter ralls, forks and
1b remove the complete eight
speed transmission
associated parts.
127. I Sluft 1nterlodt ball <et.aJner
unit from the trac 2 Ball
3 Guke1
tor, first drain transmission and 4 Nolcbecl plate
hydraulic system fluid and separate the 6 Selecl.or
6. Shift rail !2nd & 4th)
engine from transmission housing as 7 Detenl spnng plunger
outlined in paragraph 112. Remove both
step plates, disconnect clutch rod and
8 Fork
9 Shin rai l 13rdl

both brake rods, then unbolt clutch pedal

10 Fork
II Pork
12. Shift rail (IJl & ,..,,. I
bracket. Disconnect the neutral starting 13. Plug
switch and remove battery. Unbolt and 14. Selector
15. Shil\ rail (planetary)
remove the battery support and air 16. Fork
cleaner. Attach hoist to transmission top

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 28-131

housing. Install guide studs and careful using screwdrivers. Remove planetary ftrSt be separated from engine as out
ly slide transmission forward away from front cover (31) and shim (30). lined in paragraph 112. Remove clutch
differential housing. Rejoin transmission Planet pinion shafts (39) are a tight linkage, throwout bearing and brake
to differential housing completely before press fit in planet carrier (40). Use a cross shaft from front of transmission
tightening the retaining screws. It may suitable press for removing and install case. Disconnect hydraulic line (if used)
be necessary to reach through opening ing pinion shafts. from retainer (3). Remove retainer hous
for the response control cover and turn Assemble and install unit as follows: ing mounting cap screws, then withdraw
the pto coupling before transmission will Apply a light coat of petroleum jelly to housing with pto input shaft from
slide up to differential housing. Tighten one side of thrust washers (35), bearing transmission case.
the screws attaching differential hous needles (38) and spacer washers (36). 'Ib disassemble the removed unit, pro
ing to transmission housing to 68-75 Position one thrust washer (35) on bench ceed as follows: Unseat and remove snap
N m (50-55 ft.-lbs.) torque. Be sure
with greased side up and locate pinion ring (48), retaining bearing (5), then
hydraulic line in transmission is recon (39) over the washer. Install one spacer bump shaft and bearing rearward from
nected. Transmission should be in (36) in pinion, followed by one row of housing. Bearing can be removed from
neutral before installing shift cover. needles (38), a spacer (36), the second row shaft after remov1 ng snap ring (4A) Pry
Make sure shift levers engage rails. of needles and the third spacer (36). out oil seals (1 and 8) and remove nee
Tighten screws retaining cover to 47 Assemble the other two side pinions in dle bearing (2) 1f necessary.
N m (35 ft.-lbs.) torque.
the same way. Position the carrier (40) When reassembling, be sure both oil
in a press with the hub side down, install seals are installed with lips facmg rear
SHIFTER RAILS AND FORKS the pinion, bearing and thrust washers ward. Lubricate seals and needle bear
assembly, then press pinion shaft into ing before assembling shaft into housing.
All Models So Equipped carrier until flush. Use of seal protector sleeves over
Position front plate (31) on ring gear splined ends of pt.o input shaft and mam
128. 'Ib remove shifter rails and forks, (32) with oil grooves toward inside. In input shaft is recommended t.o avoid
transmission must be separated from dif stall shim (30) with slots on shim and damaging oil seals during reassembly.
ferential housing and transmission top front plate aligned and toward top when Be sure to rene'' "0" ring (6). Apply
cover removed. Remove detent springs assembled to rear ofcase. Tap into posi nonhardemng sealer to threads of hous
and plungers (7-Fig. 127) from top of tion on rear case to be sure dowels are ing mounting cap screws, then tighten
transmission case. Remove set screws fully into case. Use a light coat of to 60 N m (45 fl.-lbs.) torque.
(except for center rail selector) from shift petroleum jelly to hold thrust washer
forks. Remove shift rail interlock (34) to the front of carrier (40) making TRANSMISSION INPUT SHAFT
mechanism (1) from rear of case. Remove sure tangs on washer engage notches of
planetary shift fork (16), rail (15) and carrier. Insert carrier assembly into ring All Models So Equipped
selector (14). Withdraw right-hand and gear carefully so thrust washer doesn't
left-hand shift. rails from case while fall. Make sure carrier is fully into ring 131. To remove transmission input
removing shift forks and selector. Loosen gear and over mainshaft.. Install the rear shaft OO-F1g. 129), first remove
set screw in center shift selector, then thrust washer making sure tangs transmission assembly as outlined in
slide rail rearward and remove shift fork engage notches of carriers. Install rear paragraph 127 Remove pto input !'haft
and selector. Identify shift rails and forks cover plate (41) with grooves mward. The and retainer housing as outlined in
as they are removed to facilitate notched section of cover should be over paragraph 130. Remove cover (50) from
reassembly. the bottom right-hand mountmg bolt front of transmiSSIOn case, and remove
'Ib reinstall shifter rails and forks, hole. Install bottom left-hand mounting snap ring (52) ftom front of pto lower
reverse the removal procedure while cap screw without lockwasher. Install shaft (60). Thread two cap screws into
noting the following special instructions: three remaining cap screws with tapped holes in bearing retainer (56) to
Safety wire all set screws to prevent lockwashers, then tighten all four cap force retainer and bearing (55) from front
loosening. Be sure interlocking pin is in screws to 47 N m (35 ft.-lbs.) torque. of pto lower shaft. Withdraw pto lower
stalled in rear end of center shift rail. Complete installation by reversing the shaft rearward to permit pto drive gear
With shift forks in "Neutral", install removal procedure. (59) to drop to of transmissiOn
lock mechanism with steel balls over case. Pull transmission mput shaft for
center rail interlock pin. The widest part PTO INPUT SHAFT ward to disengage it from mainshaft,
of notched stop plate (4) goes over then withdraw input shaft rearward
planetary shift rail. Tighten interlock re All Models So Equipped from housing as shown in Fig. 130.
tainer cap screws to 4147 N m (30-35
'Ib reinstall transmission input shaft,
ft.-lbs.) torque. 130. '1b remove pto input shaft (7-Fig. reverse the removal procedure. Be sure
129) and retainer (3), transmission must rear thrust washer (1 1-Fig. 129) is posi-

All Models So Equipped
Fig. 128-ExploMIJ vw of
129. 'Ib remove the rear planetary unit,
ftrst detach transmission from differen
tial housing using paragraph 127 as a
general outhne. Remove the planetary
piMt.ry -mbly uNd on
ht.,..S t,.nmiNion.._
30 Sh1m
31 Front cover
32 Rmg gear
33 Do
/(@WPn .. OJ.(1
39 3 8
35 i
33 32

34 /
rr, u
shift fork and coupling from rear of 3-4 Thru_. ashen

35 Thrust washers
transmission case. Remove the four re

40 35 36
36 Spa..,r wuhers

taining screws and withdraw rear cover 37 Planet gears

37 36
38 Needle rollers
(41-Fig. 128), rear thrust washer (34) 39 Shen
and planet carrier (40). Work planetary
40 Planol earner
4 I. Rear cover
ring gear (32) and dowels (33) from case 42 Shin coupler

Paragraphs 1 3 2- 1 33 MASSEY-FERGUSON

tioned on input shaft with grooved side

facing rearward.


All Models So Equipped

Fig. 130-The transmission
Input shaft Is ramoved end In
132. 'Ib remove mainshaft (17-Fig. stalled from the rear as shown
129) and related components, first on eight-speed transmission.
remove transmission as outlined in
paragraph 127. Remove shifter rails and
forks, planetary unit and main input
shaft as outlined in previous paragraphs.
Remove sliding gear (12) from front of
mainshaft. Tap mainshaft rearward un
til front and rear bearings are free from
transmission housing. Remove snap ring
(13) from groove in front of bearing (14). Remove bearings (16 and 21) from shaft stalled with smaller gear facing forward
Pull mainshaft rearward to remove front if necessary. Note that rear bearing (21) and gears (18 and 12) are positioned with
bearing from the shaft. Remove rear must be removed and reinstalled over shifter fork grooves facing forward.
snap ring (13) from mainshaft, then slide forward end of shaft.
shaft rearward from housing while lift To reinstall, reverse the removal pro PTO LOWER SHAFT
ing gears (18 and 19) out top opening. cedure. Be sure cluster gear (19) is in
All Models So Equipped

133. 'Ib remove pto lower shaft

(60-Fig. 129) and drive gear (59), the
transmission must first be removed as
outlined in paragraph 127. Remove shift
rails and forks as outlined in paragraph
128 and remove pto input shaft as out
lined in paragraph 130. Remove cover
plate (50), then remove snap ring (52)
and washer (53) from front of shaft.
Thread two cap screws into tapped holes
in bearing retainer (56) to pull retainer
and bearing (55) from front of shaft.
Remove transmission input shaft as
outlined in paragraph 131, then lift pto
gear (59) from housing.
When reinstalling, be sure internal
snap ring (58) is in place in bore of drive
gear and that hub side ofgear is towards
the front. Insert pto shaft into housing
from the rear. The front of pto shaft has
a threaded hole that can be used to pull
shaft into front bearing as shown in Fig.

Fig. 129-Exp/oded view of eight-speed transmission Input shafts, malnshaft, pto theft, countersheft,
gears and related componenl$. Planetary un/1 /s shown In Fig. 128.
I. Seal
2. !luring
3. Retainer 11. 'l'hrua wuber 21 Bearing 69. Pto gear
4A. Soap ring 60. Covr 80. Pto lower ohal\
48. Soap ring IS. Snap ring 61. "'0'' ring 80. 'l'hruat waaher
6. Bearing 14. Bearing 52. Snap ring 81. Spaoer
6. Seal ring 16. Spacer 63. Wuher 82. Needle rollera
7. Pto lnpu abaft 16. Bearing S.. Snap ring 83. Waaher Fig. 131-Pto lower shaft Is drilled and tapped at
8. Seal 17. Mainahal\ 55, Bearing 84. Reveroe idler gear
9. wuhr 18. 66. Reta.iMr 86. Spacer
front end. Shaft can be pulled Into bearing (3} us
10. 'I'ran.unlalon 1nput !9.r 67. Gaaket 86. Idler lhal\ Ing e puller bar (1} end e cap acntw end washer
ahal\ 20. Snap rina 68. Snap ring 87. Reiner clip (2} es shown.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 3 4- 1 36
131. Apply nonhardening sealer to
threads of retaining cap screws, then
tighten to 60 N m (45 ft..-lbs.) torque.

COUNTERSHAFT Fig. 133-Biock front of

countersheft as shown when
/nste/1/ng rear bearing onto
All Models So Equipped shaft.

134. 1b remove countershaft (65-Fig.

129) and related gears, first remove pto
lower shaft and gear as outlined in
paragraph 133 and mainshaft and gears
as outlined in paragraph 132. Remove
snap rings (61 and 7 1 ) from front and
rear of countershaft. Tap countershaft
forward until free of rear bearing (70),
then tap bearing real'ward out of hous
ing. Unseat snap ring (67) from groove
in shaft and slide it forward onto Fig. 134-Use a dummy shaft
unsplined section of shaft. Slide shaft (D) to hold needle rollers In
place In Idler when removing
rearward and remove two geats (62 and and Installing reverse Idler
63) from front of shaft, then move shaft gear assembly. Refer to text.
forward and remove two gears (68 and 80 Thrust wosh"ro
84 Reverr.e adler 11ear
69) from rear of shaft. Withdraw counter 85. Spacer
shaft with front bearing from housing. 86 Idler shof\

1b reinstall, insert countershaft from

the front while installing rear geru-s with
hubs positioned as shown i n Fig. 132.
Slide shaft rearward until front gears
can be inst.alled making sure hubs are
positioned as shown in Fig. 132. Move
snap ring (67-Fig. 129) into its groove
in shaft. Position rear bearing (70) over
shaft with outer snap ring on bearing
towards the rear. Block front. of counter
shaft as shown in Fig. 133, then drive transmission housing after removing the bru stock 55 mm (2-3/16 inches) long. In
bearing onto rear of shaft until snap ring mainshaft (17) and gears as outlined in sert dummy shaft. <D-Fig. 134) into front
can be installed. Install snap ring onto paragraph 132. of gear to displace idler shaft, then lift.
front of shaft. Complete installation by The idler shaft is retained in housing out gear assembly, spacer (85) and thrust
reversing the removal procedure. by a clip (87) and cap screw at rear face washe1-s (80).
of transmission case. The cluster gear When reassembling, apply ltght
REVERSE IDLER ASSEMBLY (84) contains two rows of loose needle coating of petroleum jelly to needle
rollers (28 each row). Use of a dummy rollers and use dummy shaft. to hold com
All Models So Equipped shaft will facilitate removal and installa ponents in position in gear cluster. In
tion by preventing needle rollers from sert idler shaft thl'ough gear to push
135. The reverse idler gear (84-Fig. falling out of position. Dummy shaft can dummy shafl out of the gear. Secwe
129) and shaft (86) can be removed from be made from 25 mm (1 inch) diameter shaft with locking clip.

Fig. 132-VIew of counter Models MF235, MF245 and MF250
shaft and gears correctly may be equipped with a manual shuttle
assembled. Pto drive gear transmission which provides six forward
and countershaft constant
mesh gears are shown at (59 and six reverse speeds.
and 62). First gear and sec
ond speed gears are shown at TRANSMISSION REMOVAL
(65 and69). Gears (63 and 68)
are either third or fourth
speed depending upon
All Models So Equipped
specific transmission.
136. 1b remove the manual shuttle
transmission assembly, refer to
paragraph 127 and follow the general
procedure for eight-speed transmission

Paragraphs 1 37- 1 38 MASSEY-FERGUSON


All Models So Equipped

137. 1b remove the shifter rails and

forks, first remove transmission top cover
and detach transmissiOn from differen Fig. 137-Referro teKt for cor
tial housing using paragraph 127 as a teet Installation of shift forks
general guide. It IS not necessary to and ralls.
remove transmission housing from
Carefully remove detent springs and
plungers. Remove safety w1re and loosen
all set screws from sh1ft forks and
planetary selector. Remove the planetary
shift fork, then unbolt and remove the
shift rail lock <F1g. 136) from rear of
transmission. Pull thl! shuttle and interchangeable. The two short ralls 127 as a general guide. lt is not
planetary shift rail out rear oflransmis should have notches for shift rail lock necessary to detach transmission from
sion and withdraw planetary selector (Fig. 136) facing toward the interlock p1n engine. Remove planetary shift fork and
and the shuttle fork CFig. 135) from top. and Oats toward top. Be sue set screws coupling from rear of planetary. Remove
Slide the remain1ng two shift rails out engage detent in shift !'ail, tighten the four l'elaining cap screws. then
of shift. forks. screws and safety wire all set screws. In w1thdiaw rear cover plate (51-Fig. 139),
Observe the following when reassem stall the shift. rail lock with interlock pin thrust washer (43) and planet carrier
bling. Position the three transmission (Fig. 136). Spacer should be on longer (50). Pry rang gear (42) and dowels from
shift forks mto gears as shown in F1g. screw at left as shown. Tighten both transmission case. Remove front cover
137. It may be necessary to move the screws to 41-47 N m C30-35 ft.-lbs. (41) and sh1m (40).
shuttle coupling forward so that fork torque. Planet pinion shafts (49) are a tight.
may be inserted into groove. The shift p1ess til m planet carrier (50). Use a
forks are not interchangeable. The left PLANETARY UNIT suitable press to remove and install pin
(2nd and rd gearI shift fork should have IOn shafts.
lug, set screw and shift notch all toward All Models So Equipped
front as shown in Fig. 135. The notch

and set screw will be toward front but 138. To remove planetary unll ll IS
lug will be toward rear of correctly m necessary to remove transmission top
stalled right C l::it gear) sh1ft fork. Shde cover and separate transmissiOn from
shift rails into forks. Sh1ft ralls are not differential housing using paragraph 74


Fig. 135-VIew of shift ralls

and forks Installed In manuel
shuttle transmission.

Fig. 138-Exploded view of shift levers, forks and
Fig. 136--V/ew of the shift rail ralls for menuel shuttle transmission.
lock correctly Installed. 59 Tnuuma on lop
covt"r 69 ShU\ raal llau
Scer should be on the 70 IAu lplanea.aryt
60 Le..r Ilot. 2nd I<
longer of the two screws et 3rd 71 PlaMa.ary ll<'leclor
leh. 81 Bcool 72 Slun roal!planeuoryJ
62 Spnna 73 Shan fork lplantuorya
63 Spnn11 74 Shuul ler
64 Spront l<!al 75 Sbutll fork
65 Sh11\ fork !2nd & 76 Pan1
3rdl 77. "0" rln11
66 Shal\ rall 12nd & 3rdl 78 Boot
67 Interlock 79 Se!ICI"O
68 Shtl\ fork lllll 80 De<tnuo & aprinp

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 39-140
'Ib reinstall planetary unit, reverse the If transmission input shaft end play reassembly. Specified end play Is 0.25-0.50
removal procedure while noting the was excessive (checked prior to disassem mm (0.010-0.020 Inch).
following special instJuct1ons: Install bly), select a thrust washer <20) of cor
shim and front plate with slots aligned rect thickness to provide recommended Remove beanng retainer 02) mount
and pointing upward. Se sure tangs on end play and install over input shaft. If ing cap screws, then withdraw retainer
thrust washers engage slots in carrier. end play was not checked prior to dis with pto input shaft (17) while holding
Position rear plate with cutaway section assembly. pto input shaft and retainer transmission input shaft and forward
at lower left-hand corner of ring gear. should be installed with original sh1m reverse gear cluster in place in transmis
Tighten retaimng cap screws evenly to and end play checked with a dial in SIOn case. Carefully move input shaft and
47 N m <35 ft.-lbs.) torque dicator. If end play is excessive, remove gear cluster forward to disengage input
pto input shaft and retainer and install shaft from mainshaft !34>. Kote that 23
PTO INPUT SHAFT AND RETAINER proper thickness thrust washer. loose needle bearmgs are contained m
Specified shaft end play is 0.25-0.50 mm rear of input shaft and they may fall out
All Models So Equipped (0.010-0.020 inch). when shaft is removed Move rear of in
When installing retainer and input put shaft with gear cluster upward and
139. To remove pto input. shaft shaft, coat threads of mounting cap rearward oul top of transmtsion case.
(17-Fig. 141) and retainer (12), first screws with a nonhardening sealer.
separate transmission from engine as Tighten cap screws to 60 N m 145 ft.-lbs.)
NOTE: The forward-reverse gear cluster
outlined in paragraph 112. Remove torque. contains 240 loose needle rollers. Be sure
brake cross shaft, clutch release bearing, to keep gear cluster in position on input
release lever and shafts from transmis TRANSMISSION INPUT SHAFT shaft during removal from housing to avoid
sion housing. AND FORWARD-REVERSE dropping rollers Into transmission housing.
NOTE: Check transmission Input shaft (24) Slide reverse gear 121! and forward
end play before removing pto Input shaft. If All Models So Equipped gears <291 wtlh needle rollers and spacer

lar C28), sp;mgs and detent.s 124> from

end play exceeds 0.50 mm (0.020 Inc h) a , washers ofT 1 nput shaft. Remove shift col
new thrust washer (20) must be installed 140. 1b remove transmission input
during reassembly to provide recommend shaft (24-Fig. 141), first. remove shaft Remove spacers 126> and needle
ed end play of 0.25-0.50 mm (0.010-0.020 transmission assembly from tractor us rollers C27l from input shaft bore if
Inch). ing paragraph 127 as a general guide. necessary.
Remove shifter rails and forks as out 1b reassemble, reverse the disassembly
Unbolt retamer from front of transmis lined in paragraph 137. Remove brake procedure while noting the following
sion housing. then w1thdraw pto shaft cross shaft and clutch release beanng special instrucllons: Be sure to account
and retamer wh1le holdmg transmission and fork from front of transmission for all the needle rollers 123> m forward
input shaft in place in housmg. housing. and reverse gears two rows of 60 rollers
'Ib disassemble the removed unit, Move pto lower shaft rearward to per in each gear) and rollers <27) in mput
unseat and remove large snap ring IF1g. mit pto constant mesh gear C69l to drop shaft lone row of 23 rollers>. Use
140) retaining bearing in l'elainer hous to bottom of transmission case as follows: petroleum Jelly to hold rol ers and
ing. Bump shaft. and bearing rearward Remove cover <60) from front of housing, spacers in position.
out of housing. Bearing can be removed then remove snap ringC63l ftom front of If transmission input shaft end play
from shaft after removing smaller snap pto shafl. Thread two cap screws into (measured prior to disassembly) was not
ring. tapped holes in bearing retainer C66J and within specified mnge of 0.25-0.50 mm
Inspect seal OO and 18 Fig. 141) and tighten evenly to pull retainer with beat <0.010-0.020 1nchl, selecl thrust washer
bearings (11 and L9l und renew if ing <65) fmm pto shafl. Pull pto shaft C20l ofconcct thick ness to pl'ovide l'ecom
necessary. When installing needle beat rearward until constant mesh gear d1ops
ings always press against lettered side to bottom of case to provide clearance for
ofbearing. Seals should be installed with input shaft removal.
lip facing rearward. Be sure shielded
side ofbearing (15l is towards input shaft NOTE: Prior to removal of pto Input shaft
gear teeth It is recommended that seal (17), measure transmission Input shaft end
protector sleeves be placed over splmed play using a dial indicator, or measure
ends of transmussion and pto shafts to clearance between reverse gear (21) and
avoid damaging oil seals dunng thrust washer (20) using a feeler gage.
reassembly Record the measurement for use In

Fig. 139-Exploded view of

p/anefllry a$$emb/y used with
manual shutlle transmissions.
40 Sh1m
41 Front platt
42 Rtn a
43 Thruat \leher
44 Dov.ol
45. Throat "dlhr
46 Wuhen
47 Plan\ l!tafl
48 Needle roller
49 Shan
50. Plonel <omr
5 1 . Renr plftl Fig. 140-Snap ring at gear end of pro Inpur shaft
52 Shin couple retains shaft and bearing In retainer housing.

Paragraphs 1 4 1 - 1 43 MASSEY-FERGUSON

mended clearance. Only one thrust rect thickness thrust washer to obtain REVERSE IDLER ASSEMBLY
washer must be installed. If end play specified end clearance.
was not checked prior to disassembly, it It is recommended that a suitable seal All Models So Equipped

will be necessary to reinstall main input protector sleeve installed over splined
shaft with original thrust washer, pto in end oftransmission input shaft to avoid 141. 'Ib remove reverse idler gear
put shaft and retainer housing. Check damaging oil seal when assembling pto (8-Fig. 141), firSt remove pto input shaft
input shaft end play using a dial in input shaft over the transmission shaft. and transmission input shaft as outlined
dicator, or measure clearance between Apply suitable nonhardening sealer to in paragraph 140. Remove oil trough (30)
reverse gear (21) and thrust washer us threads of bearing retainer cap screws, from front. of mainshaft. The right-hand
ing a feeler gage. Then, if necessary, then tighten to 60 N m (45 ft.. lbs.)
clutch release fork shaft (Fig. 142) can
disassemble input shaft and install cor- torque. be used as a dummy shaft to remove and
install idler gear and shaft. A dummy
shaft can also be made from hard plastic,
wood or steel bar stock 25 mm (1 inch)
in diameter and 100 mm (4 inches) long.
Insert dummy shaft into idler gear from
the rear and push idler shaft out of gear
and housing. Remove idler gear
assembly being careful not to drop nee
dle rollers (6-Fig. 141).

3 There is a total of46 needle rollers (23

per path) contained in idler gear. When
reassembling, use petroleum jelly and a
dummy shaft to hold components in
place. Position idler gear in housing with
larger gear forward. Slide idler shaft into
housing and gear making sure that roll
pin (2) in end of shaft and oil hole (Fig.
142) in shaft are positioned upward. Note
that idler shaft on some models may
have a notched section on front of s;taft.
that aligns with input shaft. housing in

7l"8 - 17
stead of roll pin.


All Models So Equipped

-- 776 5 "'
142. 'Ib remove mainshaft (34-Fig.
141), first remove transmission as out
lined in paragraph 127. Remove shifter
rails and forks as outlined in paragraph

-- 7 137, rear planetary as outlined in

@ '
paragraph 138 and transmission input

y 33
69 6867 z___, 71 ' I
shaft as outlined in paragraph 140.
Tap mainshaft rearward to force front
bearing (31) from shaft.Continue to slide
shaft out the rear while removing gears
(32 and 33). Note that rear bearing (36)

6 654
6362 61 q


must be removed and installed over for
ward end of shaft.
'Ib reinstall shaft, reverse the removal
procedure. Be sure that large external
snap ring on rear bearing is towards rear

60 /
Fig. 141-Exploded viewofmanual shuttle transmission Input shafts, malnshaft, reverse Idler, pto lower
shaft, countershaft and related components. Planetary unll ls shown In Fig. 139.
I. "0" nng
of shaft and that sliding gears are posi
tioned with shift fork grooves facing each
other. Refer to Fig. 143.


2. Pin 17. Pto Input hall 30 Oil trough & pacer 67. Gaaket AND DRIVE GEAR
3. Idler shaft 18. Otl seal 31 Bearing 68 Snap nng
4. Thruat wuher 19 Beanng 32 Sliding gear (2nd & 69 Pto drive gear
6. Wuher 20 Thru1t wuher 3rd) 70 Pto lower ah&ft All Models So Equipped
6. Needle rollera 21 Reverse gear 33. Sliding gear (181) 71. Snap ring

143. 'Ib remove pto lower shaft

7 SpMer 22 Needle rollera 34. Mainshafl. 72 Countershan drive
8. Reverae tdler gear 2.1 Wa.aher 35 Snap rlngs gear
9. Spacer 24 Tranmi.uion input 36 Bearing 73 Bearing
10. Otl &eal aha!\ 60 Cover 74 ar(3rdl (70-Fig. 141) and drive gear (69),
II. Beanng 2S Washera 61 "0" ring 75. ar <2nd! transmission must first be removed as
12. Retatner hoUAtng 26 Needle roller 62. Snap ring 76. ar llat)
13. "0" ring 27 Shift collar 63. Snap rtng 77 Countershafl. outlined in paragraph 127. Remove
14 Snap nna 28 Detent plunger & 64 Washer 78. Bearing brake cross shaft and clutch release
15 Bearing oprong 65 Bearing 79 Bearing
18. Snap ring 29 Forward gear 66. Retainer houatng 60. Snap ring linkage and throwout bearing from front

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 44-1 45

of transmission housing. Remove front

cover plate (60), and remove snap ring
(63) from front of pto shaft. Thread two
cap screws into tapped holes of bearing
retainer (66) and tighten evenly to force
retainer with bearing from the shaft. Fig. 142-The right side hall
Withdraw pto shaft rearward from hous of clutch release fork shah
can be polished and used as
ing. Remove pto input shaft and
a dummy shaft to remove and
transmission input shaft as outlined in Install reverse Idler gear.
paragraph 140. Remove pto drive gear
out top opening of housing.
'Ib reinstall, reverse the disassembly
procedure while noting the following
special instructions: Be sure that hub
side ofpto gear faces forward. Front end
of pto shaft contains a threaded hole
which can be used to pull shaft into front
bearing. Apply nonhardening sealer to
threads of retainer cover cap screws, then
tighten to 60 N m (45 ft.-lbs.) torque.


All Models So Equipped

Fig. 143-VIew of mafnshaft
showing correct Installation
144. 'Ib remove countershaft (77-Fig. of sliding gears. Refer to Fig.
141) and gears, remove input shafts and 141 for legend.
retainer as outlined in paragraph 140
and remove mainshaft and gears as
outlined in paragraph 142. Withdraw
pto lower shaft from housing and remove
drive gear as outlined in paragraph 143.
Remove snap ring (71) from front of
countershaft and remove constant mesh
gear (72) out top of transmission hous
ing. Remove snap ring (80) from rear of
shaft, then tap shaft forward until. free
from rear bearing. Slide countershaft for edge of teeth and hub facing rearward, shift control rod. Disconnect throttle
ward from housing while removing gears position middle gear (75) with beveled linkage from cross shaft, then unbolt
(74, 75 and 76) out top of housing. edge of teeth and hub facing forward and and remove the battery support and air
'Ib reinstall, reverse the removal pro install rear gear (76) with beveled edge cleaner. Attach hoist to transmission top
cedure. Position gear (74) with beveled of teeth and hub facing rearward. cover, then unbolt and lift cover from top
of transmission case. Disconnect
hydraulic line inside transmission com
partment. Unbolt the clutch pedal
bracket, attach hoist. to transmission and
support differential housing. Unbolt
transmission from different.ial housing.
Install guide studs and carefully slide
transmission forward away from dif
M U LTI-POWER TRANSMISSION ferential housing.
Rejoin transmission to differential
housing completely before tightening
the retaining screws. It may be necessary
All MF235 and MF245 models may be TRANSMISSION REMOVAL to reach through opening for the
equipped with a Multi-Power transmis response control cover and turn the pto
sion. The Multi-Power transmission is a All Models So Equipped coupling before transmission will slide
gear change transmission with six for up to differential housing. Tighten the
ward speeds and two reverse speeds 145. To remove the complete Multi screws attaching differential housing to
which is additionally equipped with a Power transmission unit from the trac transmission housing to 75 N m (55 ft

hydraulically operated high-low range tor, first drain the transmission and lbs.) torque. Be sure hydraulic line in
unit which may be shifted while tractor hydraulic system fluid and separate the transmission is reconnected. Transmis
is moving under load. Many of the serv engine from transmission housing as sion should be in neutral before install
ice procedures and some parts may be outlined in paragraph 112. Remove both ing shift cover. Make sure shift levers
similar to six or eight-speed transmis step plates, disconnect clutch rod and engage shift rails. Tighten cover retain
sions; however, refer to the following both brake rods. Remove the battery. ing screws to 47 N m (35 ft.-lbs.) torque.

paragraphs for service to Multi-Power Disconnect neutral starting switch, wir Refer to paragraph 146 for adjustment
transmission. ing to fender lights and the Multi-Power of Multi-Power control linkage.

Paragraphs 1 46- 1 50 MASSEY-FERGUSON

SHIFT LINKAGE SHIFT CONTROL VALVE (10), then bump valve body (8) against
a wooden block, if necessary, to dislodge
All Models So Equipped All Models So Equipped regulating valve (9) from its bore.

' Clean all parts in a suitable solvent.
146. Multi-Power shift control valve 147. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. Discard 'O" rings (5 and 6) when
spool must move fully to high and low To remove the Multi-Power control valve, reassembling. Carefully examine all
positions as hand control lever (10-Fig. first detach engine from transmission parts for wear, scoring or other damage.
144) is moved to top and bottom of slot housing as outlined in paragraph 112. All parts are available individually.
in instrument panel. To adjust linkage, Remove clutch release bearing, release When reassembling the valve unit,
move hand control lever towards fork and pivot shafts. Disconnect MuJti make sure regulating valve spool (9) is
"HIGH" position until front of lever is Power shift linkage and oil inlet tube. installed "V'' notched end first. Tighten
within 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) from top edge Unbolt and remove shift lever bracket plug (12) to a torque of 23-30 N m

of quadrant slot. Loosen clamp bolL and linkage assembly. Remove retaining (17-22 ft.-lbs.).
securing link (6) to lower rod (4), then cap screws, then withdraw shaft retainer,
push lower rod downward as far as it will pto input shaft and valve housing as a NOTE: Shift valve (7) must be Inserted
go. Retighten clamping bolt to lock the unit from transmission housing. before fitting (4) Is Installed.
NOTE: The clutch unit prevents removal TRANSMISSION TOP COVER
of transmission shaft until transmission is
disassembled. All Models So Equipped

When detaching control valve from re 149. 1b remove the transmission top
tainer, note that left, front mounting cover, first remove hood and battery.
screw is sealed with a copper washer. Disconnect drag links and power steer
Make sure this washer is reinstalled in ing hoses if so equipped. Unbolt and
the correct location when unit is remove the battery support and the air
reassembled. cleaner. Disconnect interfering control

9 --- -",
Use a new gasket (2-Fig. 145) when rods, cables, wires and tubes, then unbolt
reinstalling valve. Make sure the long the cover from top of transmission.
cap screw with copper sealing washer is Notice that two screws are located at
installed in the correct hole and tighten front edge of top cover. Install guide
all screws evenly to a torque of 4.1-5.4 studs, attach hoist and carefully raise
10 N m (36-48 in.-lbs.). Tighten the four
top cover.
screws that attach housing (1) to When reinstalling, place all gears i n
transmission to 54-61 N m (40-45 ft..
neutral and be sure detent pins and
lbs.) torque. springs are correctly positioned under
gasket. Lower cover into position over
148. OVERHAUL. 'Ib overhaul the the guide studs making sure levers
removed "Multi-Power" control valve, engage shifl rails. Tighten cover screws

refer to Fig. 145 and proceed as follows: to 47 N m (35 ft.-lbs.) torque.

Remove fitting (4) and detent assembly

(13), then withdraw shift valve (7). SHIFTER RAILS AND FORKS
Remove plug (12), washer (11) and spring
All Models So Equipped

150. 'Ib remove the shifter rails and

forks, first remove transmission top cover
as ouUined in paragraph 149 and detach

<t.., o

4 2

n N
s / '--- J
1 6 ------ 1
Fig. 145-Exploded view of Multi-Powershiftcon-
Fig. 146-Exploded view of transmission shifter
trol valve and associated 114rts.
Fig. 144-Exploded view of Multi-Power shift con ralls, forks and associated parts typical of Multi
1 Ho.aing
trol linkage and associated parts. 2. 001ket 8. Valve body Power (12-speed) models.
1. Bracket 6. Link 3. Preuure line 9. Regulating valve 1. Shll\ detnta
2 Shift lever 7. Upper link rod 4. Fitting 10. Spring 2 Secood!high rnil 6. lnt.erl()(k pan
3 Pivot bolt 8. Spacer 5. "0" ring 11 Ouket S. Lowlrevene rail 7 Selector
4 Lower link rod 9. Spring 6. "0" ring 12. Plug 4 Shil\ forb 8. Planetary ahif\ fork
6. Bushlns A boot 10. Lever 1. Shif\ valve 13. Detent auy. 5. Stop plate 9. Planetary ahif\ rail

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 1 5 1
Fig. 147-E'Xploded view of Planet pinion shafts (8) are a tight
planetary assembly used on
Multi-Powermodels. Notched press fit in planet carrier {7). Use a
section (N) of rear cover Is In suitable press for removing and install
stalled over bottom right- ing pinion shafts.
hand mounting bolt hole. Assemble and inslall unit as follows:
1 . Frnnt shim
2. Front plate Apply a light coat of grease lo one side
3. Ring gear of thrust washers (9), bearing needles
4. Dowel
6. Thrust washer (12) and spacer washers (11). Position
7 Planet carrier one thrust washer (9) on bench with
8. Pinion shan
9. Thrust washer greased side up and locate pinion (10)
10. Pinion
over the washer. Install one spacer (11)
11. Spacer washer
12. Needle rollert in pinion, followed by one row of needles
13. Rear plate
14. Sbin coupler
(12), a spacer (Ill, the second row of
needles and the third spacer (11) and
thrust washer (9). Assemble the two re
maining pinions in the same way. Posi
tion the carrier (7) in a press with the
transmission from differential housing, housing using paragraph 145 as a hub side down, install the pinion with
using paragraph 145 as a guide. It is not general guide. Remove the planetary bearings and washers, then press pinion
necessary to separate transmission from shift fork and coupling (14-Fig. 147) shaft into carrier until flush.
engine. Unwire and remove the set from rear of transmission case. Remove Position front, plate (2) on ring gear (3)
screws retaining selector and shifter the four retaining screws and withdraw with oil grooves toward inside. Install
forks to rails. Remove detent spring and rear cover (13), reru thrust washer (6) shim (1) with slots on shim and front
plunger assemblies (1-Fig. 146) and and planet carrier (7). Work planetruy plate aligned and toward top when
stop plate (5), then withdraw shifter rails ring gear (3) and dowels (4) from case us assembled to rear of case. Tap into posi
and forks from transmission case. Forks ing screwdrivers. Remove planetary front tion on rear case to be sure dowels are
(4) are interchangeable, but rails (2 and cover (2) and shim (1). fully into case. Use a light coat ofgrease
3) are not. Rails should be installed with
milled flat to top rear and selector lock
grooves to center. Interlock pin (6)
prevents the movement of the other rail
when either selector rail is moved from
the neutral position.
When assembling, slide center shift
rail into case and through the selector
and shift fork. Tighten selector set screw
and install safety wire. Rotate rail until
shift fork set screw can be tightened ful
ly, then install safety wire. Install the
left shift rail and fork, then right shift
rail and fork into respective bores,
tighten set screws and install safety
wire. Slide the planetary shift rail
through rear ofcase and locate fork over
end with set screw to the outside. Slide
rail forward into case and into selector.
Tighten set screws and install safety
wire. Be sure that interlocking pin is
through the center rail and that all rails
are in "NEUTRAL." Install steel balls
in lock mechanism and locate at rear of
case. The steel balls should be at both
ends of the center rail interlock pin and
the widest flat of lockplate should be
over planetary rail. Tighten screws at
taching the interlock mechanism to 47
N m (35 ft.-lbs.) torque. Locate the
planetary shift fork into groove of
planetary coupler, then slide coupler into
planetary while piloting shift fork over
the rail. Tighten set screws and safety
wire in place. Fig. 148-EKploded view of transmission upper shafts and associated parts, reverse Idler ge11r assembly
and Multi-Power clutch unit.
27 Snap rong
PLANETARY UNIT I . Reteiner dip 11. Bearing 20 Bearing 28. 011 .eel
2. Idler aha!\ 12. Oesr (2od &. 3rdl 21. Seal rings 29 Seal rings
3 Thrust washers 13. Gear (1st & rev.) 22. Tran.smtssion anpul 30. Pto nput aha!\
All Models So Equipped 4. Needle rollers 14. Meinshan shan 31 Bearing
5. Spacer 15. Bearing 23. Overdr1ve p1mon gear 32. Snav rmg
6. Washer 16. Snap ring 24. Bushing 33 '"0'" rong
151. 'lb remove the planetary unit, first 7. Reverse idlt!r gear 17. Spacer plate 25. MuJu.Power clutch 34. Ret.amt!r housing
8. Spacer 18. Plunger unit. 35. Bearing
detach transmission from differential 10. Snap rings 19. Spring 26. Thrust washer 36. Oil rl!al

-- -- -- -- --
--- -
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -

Paragraphs 1 52-154 MASSEY-FERGUSON

to hold thrust washer (6) to the front of

carrier (7) making sure tangs on washer
engage notches of carrier. Insert carrier
assembly into ring gear carefully so
thrust washer doesn't. fail. Make sure
carrier is fully into ring gear and over Fig. 151-Exploded view of
main shaft. Install the remaining thrust Multi-Power clutch assembly.
1. Overdrive pmion
washer making sure tangs engage 2. Snap nng
notches ofcarrier. Install rear cover plate 3. Rotomer plalb
4 F1'11:bon diiiC8
(13) with oil grooves inward. The
notched lower section (N) of cover plate
5. Dnve plat
6 ReLurn spnni(S
7 Paston
should be over the bottom right-hand 8. Outr cal rin
mounting bolt hole. Install the bottom 9 Inner sui nng
10 Clutch houmg
left-hand mounting bolt without
lockwasher. Install the three remaining
bolts with lockwashers, then torque all
four mounting bolts to 41-47 N m (30-35
ft.-lbs.). Complete assembly by reversing
removal procedure.

MAINSHAFT is free from housing bore. Remove snap plete installation by reversing the
ring (16-Fig. 148), then pull mainshafl removal procedwe.
All Models So Equipped rearward to bump bearing from front of
shaft. Remove gears (13 and 12) as shaft PTO INPUT SHAFT AND RETAINER
152. Th remove mainshaft. (14-Fig. is withdrawn rearward. Note thal rear
148) and sliding gears, first remove bearing (11) is removed and installed All Models So Equipped
planetary unit as outlined in paragraph over front end of mainshaft.
151 and shifter rails and forks as out When reinstalling, be sure that cluster 153. To remove pto input shaft
lined in paragraph 150. Move low speed gear (12) is positioned with smaller gear (30-Fig. 148) and retainer (34), first.
sliding gear (13) forward until groove in facing forward and that first-reverse gear separate transmission from engine as
mainshaft splines is exposed. Insert a (13) is positioned with shift fork groove outlined in paragraph 112. Remove
large blade screwdriver into the groove towards the rear. Insert a spacer between clutch throwout bearing, release fork
to hold gear in position, then insert a pry front bearing and wall of transmission and shafts from front of transmission
bar between front of gear and transmis case (Fig. 150), then tap rear of main housing. Disconnect Multi-Power control
sion housing wall as shown in Fit. 149. shaft with a soft hammer until bearing linkage and hydraulic line. Remove re
Pry shaft rearward until front bearing is seated against shoulder ofshaft. Com- tainer housing cap screws, then
withdraw retainer with input shaft as a
unit from transmission case.
Remove large snap ring (27) at rear of
retainer, then bump shaft and bearing
rearward from retainer.
Inspect all parts for wear or damage
and renew if necessary. Oil seals (28 and
Fig. 149-Pry malnshaft rear 36) are installed with lips facing rear
ward to free front bearing ward. Be sure shield side of bearing (31)
from housing bore.
is towards gear end of input shaft.
Lubricate all parts with transmission
oil prior to assembly. Use suitable seal
protector sleeves over splined end of in
put shafts to avoid damaging oil seals
during reassembly. Apply nonhardening
sealer to threads of retainer housing cap
screws, lhen tighten to 60 N m (45 ft.

lbs.) torque.



All Models So Equipped

Fig. 150-lnsert a spacer be
tween malnshaft front bearing 154. R&R AND OVERHAUL. 1b
and transmission housing remove transmission input shaft
wall, then tap malnshaft Into
housing. (22-Fig. 148) and Multi-Power clutch
(25), first remove transmission from trac
tor as outlined in pruagraph 145.
Remove pto input shaft and retaine1
housing as outlined in paragraph 153
and remove mainshaft. as outlined in
paragraph 152.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 55-156

Move transmission input shaft forward To reinstall clutch unit and input
slightly and remove spacer plate Cl7l. shaft, reverse the removal procedure.
Withdraw input shaft rearward from
transmission case while sliding clutch
assembly <251 and overdrive pinion <231 PTO LOWER SHAFT AND
off the shaft. Inspect net>dle bearing (20), DRIVE GEAR
sealing rings (2ll and input shaft for
wear or damage and renew 1f necessary. All Models So Equipped
Th disassemble the remo,ed Multi
Power clutch unit, place clutch assembly 155. To remove plo lower shaft
on a clean bench with ove1drive pinion (11-Fig. 153), first remove transmission
(1- Fig. 151l up. Push down on clutch assembly as outlined in paragraph 145.
retainer plate (3) to compress return Remove clutch throwout bearing, fork
springs, then remove snap ring (2) with and shaft and the brake pedal cross shaft
a narrow blade screwdriver. Remove all from front of pto shaft. Thread two cap
components from clutch housing (10) and screws into tapped holes in bearing re
examine for wear, scoring or other tainer (7) and tighten evenly to force re
damage. Renew clutch sealing rings (8 tainer with bearing off front of shaft.
and 9) whenever clutch is disassembled. Withdraw pto shaft rearward from Fig. 154-Pto lower shaft Is drll/ed and tapped at
front end for Installation u shown.
Renew any components that show transmission housing. Pto drive gear (10)
signs of wear, damage, distortion or can be removed from housing after
overheating. Thickness of friction discs removing mainshaft as outlined in cap screws, then tighten to 60 >J m (45

(4) when new is 2.41-2.59 mm paragraph 152 and transmission input l't.-lbs.l torque.
(0.095-0.102 inch). Thickness of driving shaft as outlined in paragraph 154.
plates (5) when new is 1.67-1.75 mm To reinstall, reverse the removal pro COUNTERSHAFT

(0.660-0.690 inch). Fnction discs and cedure. Front end of pto shaft contains
drive plates must be renewed as a a threaded hole that can be used to pull All Models So Equipped
plete set. shaft into front bearing as shown in Fig.
When reinstalling piston (7), careful 154. Apply nonhardening sealer to 156. 1b remove countershaft. 20-Fig.
ly compress outer seal ring (8l using a threads of retainer and cover mounting 153), first remove transmission assembly
feeler gage blade or similar tool while
working piston into clutch housing.
When assembling clutch plates, note
that clutch housing contains six bleed
holes (B-Fig. 152) that are evenly spac
ed around the housing and that drive
plates have six external lugs. Install first
drive plate on lop ofpist.on with lugs (L)
located one spline t.o the right (clockwise)
from bleed holes. Place the six piston
return springs on the lugs of the first
drive plate. Install friction discs and re
maining two drive plates alternately,
staggering the lugs of each plate one
spline further to the right. of the plate
previously installed as shown in Fig.
152. Make certain that. return springs
contact only the first. plate, then install
retainer (3-Fig. 151) and snap ring (2).

Fig. 153-Exploded view of lower pro shaft and trantmlsslon countershalt with associated parts used
In Mu/11-Power transmission.
I Cover 20. Count.oraiW\
Fig. 152-Cross-sectlonal view of Multi-Power 2 "0" ring 8. Goakel 14 Spnn11 21. Beanna
3 Snap ring 9 Snap nng 16 Coupler 22. Snap ring
clutch showing recommended method of 4 Snap nng 16 Bushing
10 PI<> clnve gear 23 Gear 13rcll
as..mbly. Refer to text. 6 Woeher II PI<> lower ohoJ\ 17 Direct drive gear 24. Gear (
8 Bleed hole L Urove IURI on tlutch 6 Beanng 12 Snap nn11 18 Thruat wuher 25. Bearlna
0 Clutch dii'C plt 7 Re1.81ner 13 Overdrive gear 19 Re8rlng 26. Snap nng


Paragraphs 1 5 7- 1 58 MASSEY-FERGUSON

as outlined in paragraph 145. Remove withdraw forward from transmission cluster geru contains two rows of loose
mainshaft and gears as outlined in case and gears (23 and 24) lifted out of needle rollers (28 each row) which use

paragraph 152, transmission input shaft top opening. the shaft. and gear as inner and outer
as outlined in paragraph 154 and pto 'lb reinstall, reverse the removal pro races. Removal and installation will be
lower shaft and drive gear as outlined cedure. facilitated by using a dummy shaft 25
in paragraph 155. Remove snap ring(26) mm (1 inch) in diameter and 55 mm
from rear ofcountershaft, then tap shaft REVERSE IDLER GEAR (2-3/16 inch) long to retain loose needle
forward until free from rear bearing (25). rollers inside the gear during removal
Unseal snap ring (22) from groove of All Models So Equipped and installation. Remove retaining clip
countershaft and move it forward onto and push dummy shaft into t.he gear
unsplined area of shaft. Use a suitable 157. The reverse idler shaft (2-Fig. from the front displacing the idler shaft
clamp around overdrive gear (13) and 148) and gear assembly (7) can be re rearward. Lift. oul gear assembly with
direct drive gear (17) to compress coupler moved from transmission housing after dummy shaft.
spring (14). Remove snap ring (12), then removing the mainsbaft and gears as 'lb reinstall, reve1-se the disassembly
move shaft rearward to allow removal of outlined in paragraph 152. procedure. Use petroleum jelly along
overdrive gear and direct drive gear from The idler gear shaft is retained in the with the dummy shaft to hold needle
shaft. Countershaft can now be housing by a clip (1) at rear of shaft. The rollers in place in gear cluster.


Orchard model tractors and all MF250 'lb reassemble differential, reverse the retaining bolts and tighten evenly to 160
tractors are equipped with planetary disassembly procedure while noting the
N m (120 fl;..lbs.) torque. Be sure to align
final drive units located in outer end of following special instructions: If bevel differential case scribe marks, and
rear axle housings. On all other models, ring gear was removed, use special epoxy tighten retaining cap screws to 108 N m
the rear axle shaft splines directly into bonding kit when reinstalling. Be sure (80 ft.-lbs.) torque.
the differential side gears. All models to follow kit instructions and cure epoxy 'lb reinstall differential, reverse the
may be equipped with a mechanically
actuated jaw-type differential lock.
for correct time at specified temperature.
Apply Loctite 262 to threads of ring geru
removal procedure. If differential case
halves and/or carriet bearings were

All Models


ring gear and differential unit can be
Fig. 155-Exploded view of
removed from differential housing after differential and bevel gears
removing the rear axle housing for Orchard models and all
assembly from left-hand side of tractor MF250 models. Other tractors
are similar except bearing
as outlined in paragraph 165 or 167.
carrier housings (1 and 19)
'lb disassemble the removed differen are not used. Some models
tial unit, first scribe alignment marks use a lockwasher In place of
on both halves of differential case to en pins (29) to retain adjusting
nut (28).
sure correct reassembly. Pull bearing
I Carner houa1ngCR.H.l
cone (7-Fig. 155) off differential lock 2 o nng
coupler cap (8), then remove cap screws 3. Spacer shield
4. Bearing cup
retaining coupler cap. Remove coupler 5. OiJTerentJal lock fork
cam and separate differential case 6 Jaw eoupler
7 Beanng eon
halves (9 and l 6). Differential side gears 8. Coupler cap
9. Oiffert\ntlal '""" half
(1 1), pinion gears (13) and cross (12) can
10. Thrust wuher
now be removed. II. Side gear
The main drive bevel ring gear (15) is 13 Plnion gear
secured to differential case half with 14. Thrult wosher
15. Bevel ring i'lar
either special bolts and nuts or rivets. 16. OiJl"erenUal ca.., half
Note that ring gear is a press fit on case 17. Bearing cup
18. Bearing eone
and may also be epoxy bonded to case if 19. Carrier housing CL.H.I
it has been previously serviced. 20. Snap rin11
21. Bearing
Inspect all parts for scoring, chipping, 22. Bevel pinion gear
wear or other damage and renew if 23. Bearings
24. Locaung p1n
necessary. Pinion gears (13) and cross 25. Rellliner houa1ng
(12) should be renewed as a set. Backlash 26 OTivo gear hub
27. Spacer
between pinion gears and side gears 28 Acljust1ng nut
29. Locking pins
should be 0.08-0.28 mm (0.003-0.011
SO P.., drive gear
inch). 31. Snap ring

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 59-1 62

renewed, bearing preload should be DIFFERENTIAL LOCK Orchard models and MF250 models,
checked and adjusted as outlined in pedal (12-Fig. 156) should be against
paragraph 159. All Models So Equipped stop (S) when released. If not against
stop, loosen locknut (9) and turn clevis
159. CARRIER BEARING PRE 160. OPERATION. When the dif (11) until pedal arm just contacts stop
LOAD. The differential carrier bearing ferential lock foot pedal is depressed, the (S). Tighten locknut (9) after acljustment
preload is adjusted by installing correct axle half of coupler is forced inward to is complete.
thickness spacer shield (3-Fig. 155), or contact the differential case half of the
shim depending on differential type, coupler. If slippage is occurring at one 162. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
under right-hand carrier bearing cup (4). wheel, depressing the pedal will cause 'Ib remove the differential lock coupler
The recommended method of checking the coupler dogs to lock the differential halves (6 and 8-Fig. 155), first drain
the preload adjustment is by use of case to the right axle. The differential transmission and hydraulic reservoir,
Massey-Ferguson special tool <MFN and both drive wheels then rotate block up under diffetential housing and
245UK). If tool is not available, an alter together as a unit. As soon as contact is remove right fender and rear tire and
nate procedure (although not as ac made by the coupler dogs, the pressure wheel assembly. Remove right lower
curate) can be used as follows: wlll keep the differential lock engaged hitch link and disconnect right brake
This adjustment procedure should be and foot pedal may be released. When linkage. Support rear axle housing
performed with bevel drive pinion gear ground traction on both drive wheels assembly in a hoist and remove retain
(22) removed to prevent interference with again becomes equal, coupler dog con ing stud nuts, then slide right rear axle
movement of differential. Install dif tact pressure will be relieved and the and housing as a unit away from dif
ferential assembly and left-hand axle coupler will automatically disengage. ferential housing.
housing, or carrier bearing housing (19), Remove bearing cone (7) from coupling
depending on differential type. Install a 161. ADJUSTMENT. On all except half (8). Remove the differential case re
1.27 mm (0.050 inch) spacer shield, or Orchard models and MF250 models, dif taining cap screws and lift off t.he cou
several shims, and bearing cup into ferential Jock coupler should be fully pling (8). Wben installing, tighten
right-hand axle housing or carrier hous engaged when pedal (16-Fig. 158) clears differential case cap screws to a torque
ing (1). tractor step plate by 12 mm (1/2 inch). of 108 N m (80 ft.-lbs.).
If adjustment is required, loosen clamp 'Ib remove axle half of coupler on
NOTE: A spacer shield thickness change screw (17) and reposition pedal (16) on models without planetary final drive,
Is likely using this procedure. When shield actuating shaft (11). Retighten clamp upbolt rear axle outer bearing retainer
is removed it Is usually distorted beyond screw when adjustment is complete. On from axle housing {1-Fig. 158) and

Position axle housing or carrier hous

ing (without gasket or "0" ring) onto dif. Fig. 157-Exploded view of
ferential housing and install three or differential lock actuetlng
four equally spaced retaining cap screws. mechanism and assoclaterl
parts used on models with
Tighten cap screws evenly until end play
disc brakes.
of differential is just removed. Rotate dif I. Coupling half
ferential several turns to make certain 2. Coupling half
3. Shin. fork
that bearings are properly seated. Use 4. "0., ring
a feeler gage to measure gap between ax 5. Actuating thaJ\
6. Wuher
le housing and differential housing at 7. Spring
8. Snap r1ng
several different locations. Preload will 9. Lknut
be correct when measured gap is 0.43- 10. Boot
11. Cle._...
0.55 mm (0.017-0.022 inch) on models 12. Pedal
with drum brake axles, or 0.25-0.38 mm 13. Pivot pin

(0.010-0.015 inch) on models with disc

brake axles. Remove axle housing or car
rier housing and change spacer or shim
thickness as necessary.

Fig. 158-Exploded view of
differential lock mechanism
typical of all models except
Orchard models and MF250
I. Axle housing (R.RJ
2. Fork bracket
3. Sh01t
4. Actuating fork
6. Pivot bolt
6. Oil seal
7. Coupling
8. Spacer sh1eld
9. Shim
10 Bearing cup
l l Actuating cam
12 Pin
13 Bushing
14 Bracket
15 Return 6prmg
16 Pedal
17. Clamp bolt
Fig. 156-VIew of differential lock pedal (12), 18. Bushing
clevis (11) and locknut (9) used on Orchard
models and MF250 models. Refer to text for

Paragraphs 1 63-1 65 MASSEY-FERGUSON

withdraw axle from housing; then lift 'Ib remove bevel ptmon gear, fust is aligned before pressing retainer into
out the coupler (7). Shoes (3) will be free remove hydraulic lift cover as outlined place. Tighten retainer cap screws to 108
in fork (4) with coupler removed. 'Ib serv

in paragraph 207 or 216. Remove axle N m (80 ft.-Ibs.) torque. Complete in

ice the actuating mechanism, remove housings and differential assembly if not stallation by reversing the removal pro-
the clamp bolt (17) and withdraw ac
tuating shaft (11) from housing and
previously removed.
On models equipped with independent

pedal, then lift out the remaining ac pto, Multi-Power transmission or aux. 164. OVERHAUL. 'Ib disassemble
tuating parts. iliary hydraulics, split the tractor be bevel pinion gear, proceed as follows: If
'Ib remove axle half of coupler (2-Fig. tween differential housing and trans bearing adjusting nut (28-Fig. 155) is
157) on models with planetary final mission housing. Remove pto side cover, retained by a tab washer, unlock tabs
drive, remove spring pin securing shift disconnect hydraulic lines, remove pump and remove the nut. If bearing adjusting
fork (3) to actuating shaft (5) and the two support pins and remove hydraulic pump nut is retained by locking pins (29), it
countersunk screws secwing carrier assembly and independent pto clutch will be necessary to spHt the nut using
plate to axle housing, then slide plate, unit out front of differential housing. a hammer and chisel to remove nut from
fork and coupler carefully off end of drive On models not equipped with indepen the shaft. Be careful to avoid damaging
axle. dent pto, Multi-Power transmission or threads ofpinion when splitting the nut.
On all models, assemble by reversing auxiliary hydraulics, it is not necessary On all models, bump the pinion shaft out.
the disassembly procedure and adjust as to split the tractor to remove pinion of retainer after nut is removed.
outlined in paragraph 161 after axle shaft. Remove the coupler tube and pin Examine all parts for wear or other
housing is reinstalled. ion drive shaft. Remove side cover from damage and renew as necessary. Bear
left-hand side of housing and move pto ings (23) and retainer (25) are serviced
MAIN DRIVE BEVEL GEARS driven gear forward on pto shaft splines. as an assembly.
Remove ground speed pto drive gear When reassembling pinion gear,
All Models (30-Fig. 155) from pinion shaft. tighten nut (28) to obtain pinion rolling
On all models, remove cap screws at torque of 2.25 N m (20 in.-lbs.) to pro

163. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. taching retainer (25) to housing, then vide correct bearing preload. Secure nut
The main drive bevel ring gear {15-Fig. thread two of the cap screws into the by bending tabs oflockwasher or by driv
155) and bevel pinion gear (22) must be tapped holes in retainer. Tighten the two ing locking pins down both sides of one
renewed as a matched set. cap screws evenly to force retainer with of the pinion splines. Be sure pins are
'Ib remove bevel ring gear, first remove pinion as an assembly from housing flush with end of adjusting nut.
differential assembly as outlined in bore. When installing the ring gear, make
paragraph 158. Ring gear retaining nuts certain that mating surfaces of ring gear
are installed with thread locking com NOTE: Check and adjust differential car and differential case are thoroughly
pound, and removal will be easier using rier bearing preload, If necessary, before clean and free from nicks or burrs. App
a slight amount. of heat on the nuts. Ring
gear is a tight fit and may also be bond
reinstalling bevel pinion gear. Refer to
paragraph 159.
ly special epoxy to both mating surfaces
and cure for specified time following kit
ed to differential case with epoxy, so it instructions. Apply Loctite 262 to
will probably be necessary to press ring When reinstalling bel pinion gear, threads of retaining nuts and tighten to
gear from differential case. make certain that the locating pin (24) 108 N m (80 ft.-lbs.) torque.


Orchard models and MF250 models
are equipped with a planetary type final
drive unit located in outer end ofrear ax
le housing. All other models are equip
Fig. 159-ElCploded view of
ped with a straight drive axle that
rear alCie and associated parts splines directly into the differential side
typical of all tractors elCcept gears. Refer to the approp1iat.e following
Orchard models and MF250 paragraphs for removal and overhaul
20. Brake drum
21. Axle ehafl
22. Oil seal (outerl
23. Re.elner
All Models Without Planetary
24. Bearing rup Final Drive
25. Bearing cone
26. Retaining collar
28. on seal (inner
29. Axle housing (L H.l The axle shafts (21-Fig. 159) can be
30. Bushing removed from tractor without removing
31 Plug
32. Casket axle housings (29) if desired. Raise and
33. Bearing rup support rear of tractor, then remove rear
wheel and tire. Remove brake drum re
taining screws and pull drum from axle
flange. Remove cap screws attaching
retainer (23) to axle housing, then

SERVICE= MANUAL Paragraphs 1 66-1 70

withdraw axle shaft with bearing rear of tractor and remove rear wheel (13) being careful not to lose the loose
assembly and shims from housing. and tire and the fender. Disconnect needle rollers. There are two rows of 29
1b reinstall, reverse the removal pro brake linkage and hitch lift link and rollerS' in each gear. Withdraw sun gear
cedure while noting the following special lower link from axle housing. Support through large opening in carri er. Using
instructions: Install inner oil seal (28) in axle housing with a hoist or floor jack, a suitable puller, separate the carrier
to axle housing with lip facing inward. remove attaching stud nuts and !>eparate (10) from drive cover (21). Remove half
final drive assembly from differential rings (18) from wheel axle (24), then
press axle out ofdrive cover. Remove a.xle
Grease lip of seal before inserting axle
shaft. Use a dial indicator to check end housing.
play between the axles. Be sure axle on 1b reinstall, reverse the removal pro shaft (5), inner bearing cup (3), shims (6)
opposite side is moved fully outward cedure. Tighten housing stud nuts to 115 and oil seal (2), if so equipped, from axle
when checking end play. Change N m (85 ft.-lbs.) torque. Tighten wheel
thickness of shims (27) as necessary to stud nuts to 270 N m (200 ft.-lbs.)
obtain end play of 0.05-0.20 mm torque on tractors equipped with 5/8 Note that axle oil seal (2) has been
(0.002-0.008 inch). Note that end play is inch diameter studs, or to 325 N m (240 eliminated on late production tractors to pro
controlled by total thickness ofshims in ft.-lbs.) on tractors equipped with 11116 vide a common reservoir for planetary and
stalled between both axle housings and inch diameter studs. differential housings. When servicing early
retainers, and varying th thickness of production tractors equipped with the seal,
either shim pack will affect adjustment 168. R&R PLANETARY ASSEM- do not Install a new seal when reassembling.
of both axles. Tighten retainer cap . BLY. 'Ib remove planetary assembly, On all models, planetary housings must still
screws to 75 N m (55 ft.-lbs.) torque. suitably support rear of tracto and be refilled with recommended oil, approx
1b remove axle shaft and housing (29) drain oil from final drive planetary hous Imately 1.0 L (1.1 U.S. quart) each planetary,
as a unit, first drain oil from differential ing. Remove the wheel and tire and the to provide Initial supply of lubricant.
housing. Raise and support rear of trac fender. Securely apply parking brake to
tor, then remove rear wheel and fender. hold brake discs in alignment in case a.x 1b reassemble, install a ne\\ oil seal
Disconnect brake linkage and bitch lift le shaft s i pulled outward. Scribe a mark (22) into drive cover (21) until outer face
link and lower link. Support axle hous across outer housing(21-Fig. 160), ring of seal si 2 mm (0.080 inch) above sur
ing with a hoist, remove attaching stud gear (8) and axle housing (1) to ensure face of cover. Lubncate seal lip. then m
nuts and slide axle housing assembly correct alignment when reassembling. sert wheel axle (24) into cover. Press
from tractor. Remove retaining stud nuts, then bearing cone (19) onto axle until rollers
withdraw outer housing and ring gear are seated in bearing cup (20l. Install
NOTE: When left-hand axle housing Is assembly. thickest pair of split rings (18) that will
removed, be careful that differential 1b reinstall, reverse the removal pro fit into wheel axle groove.
assembly Is not accidentally pulled out with cedure making certain that scribe marks Assemble sun gear and planet gears
the axle housing. are conectly aligned. Tighten attaching into carrier using new roll pins to retain
nuts to a torque of 75 N m (55 ft.-lbs.).
planet gear shafts. Be sure to account for
'lb reinstall axle housing assembly, Refill drive housing with Massey all the planet gear needle rollers. Press
reverse the removal procedure. Tighten Ferguson Permatran III Oil, or carrier assembly onto wheel axle until

housing stud nuts to 115 N m (85 ft.. equivalent. Capacity is approximately it is seated against the split rings.
lbs.) torque. Tighten wheel stud nuts to 1.0 L (1.1 U.S. quart). Complete reassembly by reversing the

a torque of 230 N m (170 ft.-lbs.). disassembly procedure. Check planet
169. OVERHAUL PLANETARY. 'Ib carrier bearing preload as outlined in
166. OVERHAUL. The axle retainer disassemble the planetary unit, first paragraph 170.
(23-Fig. 159) and bearing cone (25) are drive roll pins (11-Fig. 160) inward in
retained on axle shaft by a shrink-fit to carrier. Thread a 3/8 inch cap screw 170. CARRIER BEARING PRE
steel collar (26). 'Ib renew axle shaft, into end of planet gear shaft (15) and pull LOAD ADJUSTMENT. Planet carrier
bearing, retainer or outer oil seal (22), shaft from carrier. Remove planet gears bearing preload of 0 . 1 5-0.40 mm
first drill the collar, then split collar us
ing a hammer and chisel. Pull the re
tainer, bearing and collar from axle shaft
using a suitable puller or press.
Install a new seal (22) into retainer
Fig. 160-Exploded view of
with lip of seal facing the bearing cup planetary final drive used on
(24). Grease lip of seal before installing Orchard models and MF250
retainer over axle shaft. Seat bearing models. Axle oil seal (2) Is not
cone against shoulder of shaft. Heat a used on late production trac
tors, and should be removed
new retaining collar to approximately and dlsCJJrded when servicing
400C (750F), then quickly install and early production tractors.
seat the collar against the bearing cone. I Axle housing
2 Oil seal
Renew inner oil seal (28) in axle hous 3 Beanng cup
ing before einstalling axle shaft. Be 4 Bearing cone

6 Ar.le shaft
sure lip of seal faces inward. 6 Sbtm
7 Gulte1
8 Rtng gear
All Models With Planetary
9 BWtbtng
Final Drive 10 Planet carrier
II Roll ptn

12 ThruJJL WaVJeno


13 Planet ptnion
14 Needle rollen
remove either axle housing with 16. Ptn1on shaft
16. Sun gear
planetary assembly as a unit, first drain 17. Spacer 19 Beartng cone 21. Drive covr 23. Dun ahield
oil from differential housing. Support 18. Snap ring 20. Bearing cup 22. Oll aeal 24. Wheel axle

Paragraphs 1 7 1 - 1 73 MASSEY-FERGUSON

ingthe rear wheel and the two drum re

taining screws. Remove shoe retaining
pins and springs (8), anchor springs (2)
and brace (4). Lift offshoes (6) with ad
juster (3) and spring (7).
'lb remove brake camshaft (9), discon
Fig. 161-Measure wheel U nect brake rod and loosen set screw in
/e end play with a dial In
brake lever (14). Withdraw camshaft
d/cator as shown to check
from brake lever and backing plate (10).
'lb reassemble, reverse the disassembly
and adjust planetary carrier
bearingpre/CHid. Refer to tut.
procedure. Adjust brake rod length so
camshaft contacts, but does not move
brake shoes with pedal fully up against
its stop. Adjust brake shoes as outlined
in paragraph 171.


<0.006-0.016 inch) is adjusted by means shoes contact brake drum. Back ofT star All Models So Equipped
of shims (6-Fig. 160) installed between wheels an equal amount until drums are
inner bearing cup (3) and axle housing free and brake pedal free travel is 25 mm 173. ADJUSTMENT. 1b adjust disc
(1). (1 inch) measured at pedal pad. brakes, first make sure both brake rods
'lb check and/or adjust bearing preload, brake pedals together, then (10-Fig. 163) are adjusted to equal
first drain oil from differential housing check for uneven brake application. If lengths. Raise and support rear of trac
and final drive planetary housing. necessary, loosen brake adjuster on s1de tor so rear wheels are off the ground.
Loosen stud nuts securing planetary that is tight until brakes apply evenly. Turn brake adjustmg nut (9) at each
housing to axle housing, then insert brake lever (7) until brake pedal free
three 0.76 mm (0.030 inch) feeler gages 172. OVERHAUL. The brake drum play is 63.5 mm (2-1/2 inches) measured
between planetary ring gear and axle 0-Fig. 162) can be removed after remov- at pedal pad.
housing as shown in Fig. 161. Tighten
nuts next to feeler gages to 75 N m (55

lf---- 1 1
ft..lbs.) torque, then measure wheel ax
le end play with a dial indicator. If
measured end play is within range of
"' -13
Fig. 162-E:tp/oded view of
0.36-0.61 mm (0.014-0.024 inch), preload

shoe and drum type brekes
is correct and no change in shim used on all models except Or
thickness is required. If end play is less chard models and MF250
0 14
than 0.36 mm <0.014 mch), preload is ex models. Pedals, cross shaft
and operating rods ara similar
cessive and shim pack thickness should
to type shown In Fig. 163.
be reduced. If end play exceeds 0.61 mm
I Brak drum
(0.024 inch), preload is insufficient and 2 Anchor spnngw
shim pack thickness should be in 3 AdJuster
creased. 4 Anchor
6 Anchor pins
6 Bnke shoe
7 Aclju&WT aprmg
lornngel 9 Brake camhofl II A<IJuallna cover 1 3 Selatrew
8 Hold-down unol 12. Spnng 14 ....,.,r
BRAKES 10 Backong plat

Fig. 163-EIIploded view of

Orchard models and Model MF250,
dry type disc bralces used on
which have planetary type fmal drive some Orchard models. uter
umts in outer ends of-:-ear axle housing, Orchard models and all
are equipped with disc type brakes. The MF250 models are equipped
with wet type brakes as
disc brakes operate in a dry compar
shown In Fig. 164.
ment within the axle housings on some I Actuating d1..:
models, while other models are equipped 2 Loned chBeS
3 Brake rod
with wet type brakes. Seal
All other models are equipped with in 5 Support
8 Spnng
ternal expanding shoe type brakes 7 Brake lever
located at the axle wheel ends. 8 A<IJwltlng block
9 AdJUJUng nul
10 Brake rod
12 c...... &haft
SHOE-TYPE BRAKES 13 Brake pedal
14 Oewnt
16 Brake pedal
All Models So Equipped 16BuAhong
17 ThruA wuher
18 lnA>rlock lever
171. ADJUSTMENT. Raise and block 20 Pa"l
21 Spnng
rear of tractor so rear wheels are off the
22 Leith
ground. Remove adjustmg cover (ll-Fig. 24 Lonk
26 Actuaung do..:
162) and, using a screwdriver or ad 26. SHI bella
justing tool, turn star wheels (3) until 27 Return apnnKB

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 74-1 75

Latch brake pedals together and road

test to check for uneven brake applica
tion. If brakes pull to one side, equalize
braking action by turning brake lever
adjusting nut counterclockwise on side
that pulls.

174. OVERHAUL. Th remove disc

brake assemblies, first remove complete
axle housing assembly as outlined in
paragraph 167. Remove brake actuator
assembly from left-hand side, and
remove actuator assembly with differen Fig. 164-Exploded view of
tial lock mechanism from right-hand wet disc brakes used on
side. Remove retaining screws and some Orchard models and 111/
MF250 models. Except for In
withdraw differential carrier plate.
termed/ate plate (28), refer to
Remove brake components from axle Fig. 163 for legend.

housing keeping parts in order to ensure
correct reassembly. 5
If brake parts and compartment are '

coated with oil on models equipped with

dry brakes, make certain that necessary
oil seals are renewed before reassem
bling brakes. Unhook springs (27-Fig.
163 or 164) and examine actuator unit
(25) and balls (26) for wear or pitting.
Groove depth in wet type friction discs
(2-Fig. 164) is approximately 0.3 mm
(0.012 inch) when new. Friction discs
should be renewed when worn to the
point that grooves begin to disappear.
The intermediate plates (28) should be
renewed whenever friction discs are
Th reassemble brakes, reverse the
removal procedure while noting the
following special instructions: On wet
type brakes, dip friction discs, in Fig. 165-Exploded view of
termediate plates and actuator unit in typical pto output shaft and
associated parts used on
clean transmission oil prior to
models equipped with live
reassembly. Two friction discs and one pto. On some models, parts
separator plate are installed on will vary slightly from those
planetary side of brake actuator unit shown.
1 Shifl lever
and remaining discs and plates are in
2. Snap ring
stalled on differential side ofactuator. Be
sure that lip of rubber boot (4) is seated
3. "0" ring
4 Shift covu 19
correctly in groove of actuator rod (3) and
5. DeU!nt plunger & spring
6 Gasket
18 7
that garter spring is in proper position.
7 Shift fork
S. Ground rpeecl gear eft sh1fl
Adjust brakes as outlined in paragraph oouphng

9 Bushing
10. Needle bearing 14
11. Out]>ut shaft
12 Snap ring
13 Bearing
14. Seal reta1ner
16. Metal sh1eld
16 Oil aeal

POWER TAKE-OFF 17 "0" ring

18. Retaner piaU!
19 Shaft covu


seal hou aing (14) as an assembly. Oil seal plate and driver to install nev.; bearing
All Models So Equipped (16) and rear bearing (13) can be renewed flush to slightly below rear face ofhous
at this time. ing bore. Refer to paragraph 176 for
175. Th remove pto output shaft Output shaft front needle bearing (10) renewal of ground speed drive- gear (8)
and bushing (9).
Th reinstall output shaft, reverse the
(11-Fig. 165), first drain oil from dif can be renewed after first removing dif
ferential housing. Remove pto shield and ferential assembly as outlined in
removal procedure. Be sure to lubricate
oil seal and "0" ring during assembly.
retainer plate (18) from rear of housing. paragraph 158. Remove bearing rear
Withdraw shaft, rear bearing (13) and ward, then use appropriate size step

Paragraphs 1 76-1 8 1 MASSEY-FERGUSON

GROUND SPEED GEARS in paragraph 158. Drive bushing fonvard ferential housing.
from housing bore. Install new bushing Reinstall by reversing the removal pro
All Models So Equipped so front face ofbushing is nush with in cedure.

ner end of chamfer in housing bore.
176. 1b remove ground speed drive 1b reinstall gears, reverse the removal 181. OVERHAUL 1b disassemble the
gear, driven gear (8-Fig. 165) and procedure. removed clutch and valve unit, proceed
bushing (9), ftrSt remove pto output. shall. as follows: Remove snap ring (16-Fig.
as outlined in paragraph 175. Remove 167) and thrust. washer (15), then
hydraulic lift cover as outlined in withdraw control valve housing (14) wilh
paragraph 207 or 206. Remove hydraulic PTO MAIN DRIVE GEARS brake cylinder (20) from clutch housing
pump as outlined in paragraph 223 or (11). Brake disc (12) is retained to clutch
225. Remove retaining snap ring All Models So Equipped housing by two pins (10). Unbolt. and
(31-Fig. 155) and slide drive gear (30) remove brake cylinder (20), piston (19)
off bevel pinion shaft. Remove pto shift. 177. The pto main drive gears and and wear plate (17) from valve housing.
cover (4-Fig. 165), then slide driven gear clutch are included in the transmission Remove snap rmg (1), retainer plate
(8) forward out of bushing (9). drive train. Refer to appropriate (2), friction plates (3), wave springs (4)
1b renew driven gear bushing (9), transmission and clutch sections for and drive plates (5). Lift. out drive hub
remove differential assembly as outlined removal and overhaul. (6). Remove piston (7) and seal rings (8
and 9).
Withdraw control valve spool assembly
(Fig. 168) from housing(8). Unseat inter
ns] snap ring (5) to separate valve spool
INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF (6) from plunger (2). Note that spacer
ball (4) s
i available in different diameters

and is used to establish collapsed length

OPERATION 'Ib reinstall, reverse the removal pro of control valve assembly. Recommend
cedure. Lubricate oil seal lip and "0'' ed valve length is 102.36-103.12 mm
All Models So Equipped ring before installing. (4.030-4.060 inches) measured as shown
at {L-Fig. 169).
178. Some tractors may be equipped PTO CLUTCH UNIT Renew clutch plates and discs if they
with an independent pto which s i driven are excessively worn, distorted or show
by a nywheel mounted "Split 'Ibrque" All Models So Equipped signs of overheating. Measure free
clutch and controlled by a hydraulical height of wave springs with springs lay
ly actuated multiple disc clutch con 180. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. ing on a nat surface. All springs should

tained in differential housing. The pto 'Ib remove the pto clutch and valve be the same height. within 0.5 mm (0.020
front drive shaft. is splined into hub of assembly, ftrSt split tractor between inch).
the "Split 'Ibrque" clutch cover and turns transmission housing and differential
continuously when engine is running. housing and remove hydraulic pump
The pto control lever is mounted on
NOTE: New friction discs should be
assembly as outlined in paragraph 223 soaked In clean transmission/hydraulic oil
left-hand side of cover of differential or 225. Withdraw clutch unit from dif. for 30 minutes before Installation.
housing. Moving lever forward disen
gages the hydraulically actuated multi e
ple disc clutch and engages the pto
brake. Moving lever rearward releases
the hydraulic brake and engages the
multiple disc pto clutch.
Hydraulic pressure to actuate the pto
clutch and brake is produced by the awc
Fig. 166-Etploded view of
iliary gear type pump which also pro
typlcl pto output shft end
vides power for the Multi-Power clutch essocleted prts used on
and/or awciliary hydraulic system tf trac models equipped with In-
tor is so equipped. dependent pto.
I Sh11l lever
2 Sh11l cover
OUTPUT SHAFT 3 Denl plunger & opr1na
4 Sh11l arm
6 "0" ring
All Models So Equipped 6. Output ahaf\
7 Bunng
8. Control valve spool
'Ib remove output shaft(6-Fig. 166), first
9 Sleeve
10 Clul<:h a..y.
II Soap nng
drain oil from differential housing. 12 Suring
13 Seel rel41ner
Remove shield and retainer plate (17) 14 Me..l ah1eld
from rear of housing. Withdraw shaft, 16 01 aeal

rear bearing and seal assembly rearward

16 "0" ring
17 RewMr pia
18 Shal\ co'er
from housing.
Inspect all parts and renew as
necessary. Renewal of front needle bear
ing (7) requires splitting tractor and
removing pto clutch assembly as out
lined in paragraph 180.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 1 82

'lb reassemble, install piston with new

seal rings into housing. As an aid in in
stalling piston, three or four pieces of 4
mm (3/16 inch) diameter rod (Fig. 170)
can be inserted into clutch housing to
serve as alignment guides for piston.
Place drive hub in housing, then alter
nately install drive plates, wave springs
and friction discs making swe that a
drive plate is installed first against
piston. Push down on clutch pack to com
press wave springs, then insert two small
diameter pins into clutch housing oil
boles as shown in Fig. 171 to hold clutch
pack partially compressed. Install re
taining plate and snap ring, then remove
the assembly pins from clutch housing
oil holes.
Install seal rings (13-Fig. 167) on
clutch housing and lubrictte with
hydraulic oil. Install valve housing (14),
thrust washer (15) and snap ring (16).
Fig. 167-Exp/oded view of Independent pto mull/pte disc clutch and hydraulic brake unit.
Assemble brake piston (19), spring (18)
I. Snap ring 6 Onve hub II. Clutch hou11ng 16. Snap nng
2. Reuuner pial 7 Piston 12. Brake dl..: 17. Brake wear plate and cylinder (20). Position wear plate (l7)
under brake disc, then install brake
cylinder assembly using a new "0" ring.
3. Frict1on di&c 8. Piston rmg 13. Seal rings 18. !Wtum spring
4. Wave spnngs 9. P1ston ring 14 Valve hoWling 19. Piston & aboe aaay.
6 Drive plates 10 P,n 16 Thrust waaher 20. Brake cylinder


for the ipto clutch and brake is supplied
by the gear type auxiliary pump which
also supplies the Multi-Power transmis
sion clutch and/or auxiliary hydraulic
system if so equipped. Refer to
paragraph 232 for auxiliary pump serv-
ice information.

Fig. 170-When Installing pto

clutch piston, several 4 mm
(3/16 Inch) diameterrods can
be Inserted Into clutch hous
Ing as shown to help align
piston In housing.

Fig. 168-Exp/oded view of Independent pto con

trol valve assembly.
1 Reuuner cap
2. Plunger 6. Valve spool
3. Spring 7 Connector
4. Spacer boll 8. Houaing
5. SnRp ring 9 Plug
Fig. 171-Compress clutch
pack, then Insert two small
diameter pins (1) Into oil
holes In housing to hold
plates In place while Installing
retaining plate end snap ring.

Fig. 169-Collepsed length (L) of pto control valve

should be 102.36-103. 12 mm (4. 030-4.060 Inches)
measured as shown. Length Is adjusted by Install-
Ing a different diameter spacer ball.

Paragraphs 1 84-1 86 MASSEY-FERGUSON

Manufacturer recommends renewing

hydraulic oil after every 500 hours of
operation, or annually, whichever comes
Fig. 172-Exploded view of
The hydraulic pump strainer/filter,
located in bottom of differential housing
lpto clutch pressure regu

laUng valve and associated (Fig. 175), should be removed and
parts. Muiii-Power shift con cleaned after every 500 hours of opera
trol valve (If so equipped) Is
also located In the valve
tion. Note that oil must be drained from
body. housing before removing filter. Filter ele
1 Input shaft retamer ment can be cleaned using solvent and
2 Gasket
compressed air. Renew filter element if
damaged or if it cannot be thoroughly
3. Presaure IIne
4. Fitting
5. o.. ring
.. cleaned.
6. ..0 ring
7. Multi.Power shot\ valve Some models are also equipped with
8 Valve body
9. Pressure reguleting valve an auxiliary hydraulic filter located on
10. Spring left..hand side of the differential housing.
11. Gasket
12 Plug Auxiliary filter element should be
13. Detent asay. renewed after every 500 hours of


All Models

186. The following are symptoms

Fig. 173-Connecl pressure which may occur during operation ofthe
gage to test port In lpto shift hydraulic lift system and their possible
cover as shown to check
regulating valve pressure.
causes. Use this information in cof\iunc
tion with the Checks and Adjustments
information to isolate the cause of the
problem before proceeding with compo
nent disassembly.
1. Hitch will not raise. Could be caused
'Ib check pto clutch pressure, first should be 1900-2240 kPa (275-325 psi). a. Leak in system. Remove response
operate tractor until hydraulic oil Move pto shift lever to disengaged posi control side cover and check for in
temperature is 5060C (120140F). tion. Pressure should drop to zero and ternal leakage.
Remove pressure test port plug from pto pto shaft should stop rotating in about b. Damaged, binding or misadjusted
shift cover and install a 4000 kPa (600 five seconds. control valve linkage.
psi) pressure gage in test port as shown If pressure or pto operation is not as c. Misadjusted or faulty servo valve

in Fig. 173. Start engine and run at 1800 specified, remove and overhaul pto con (pressure control units), or faulty
rpm, then move control lever to engaged trol valve unit as outlined in paragraph safety relief valve (nonpressure
(rear) position. Pressure gage reading 181. control units).
d. Faulty bitch lift pump.
2. Lift links raise unevenly or jerky.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Could be caused by:
a. Valve sticking in pump valve
GENERAL single acting hydraulic cylinder which 3. Lift links will not raise to full height.
actuates the rockshaft and lift arms. A Could be caused by:
All Models gear type auxiliary pump is optionally a. Transport stop misadjusted.
added to supply operating fluid to Multi b. Control valve misadjusted.
184. Two different types of hydraulic Power clutches, ipto clutches and/or aux c. Control linkage misadjusted.

systems have been used, and identifies iliary hydraulic cylinder applications. 4. Lift links will not lower. Could be
tion of the type of system must be Auxiliary pump is located directly above caused by:
established before proceeding with ad lift system pump, and si driven by a gear a. Control valve sticking.
justments or repairs. One type of system train mounted to front of pumps. b. Control valve misadjusted.
has a dasbpot (1-Fig. 174) attached to c. Lift arms binding.

the lift. cover, and lift cover has casting 5. Hitch lowers too fast with response
number 1861 320 Ml. The other type of RESERVOIR AND FILTER control at "SLOW" position. Could be
system does not use a dasbpot (refer to caused by:
Fig. 174A). Either system may or may All Models a. Response control misadjusted.
not have provisions for pressure control. b. Conti'Ol linkage binding or
On all models, hydraulic lift system 185. The transmission/differential damaged.
consists of a pto driven piston type pump, lubricant is the operating fluid for the c. Faulty dashpot (if so equipped).

which s i mounted within the differential hydraulic system. Recommended fluid is 6. Erratic action when operating in d.rafl.
housing beneath the lift. cover, and a Massey-Ferguson Permatran III Oil. control. Could be caused by:

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 1 87-1 88

a. End play in master control spring.

b. Control linkage binding or
7. Lift links creep down. Could be
caused by:
a. Internal leakage in cylinder, con Fig. 175-VIew showing loca
trol valve or valve chambers. l/on of transmission housing
and differential housing drain
plugs (1) and pump filter
cover (2).

All Models

187. Before beginning system checks,

be sw-e oil level is at full mark on
dipstick (5-Fig. 176), and test system
only after oil has reached operating
temperature of approximately 50C
(120F). Connect a 35000 kPa (5000 psi) Fig. 176- VIew of pressure
presswe gage (1) at test port (3) in lift control, 3-polnt lift system
showing location of com
cover. Move the response control lever (4)
ponents used In testing. Con
to "FAST" and the inner quadrant lever nect 35000 kPa (5000 psi)
(6) to "TRANSPORT." 1f system is pressure gage (1) to port (3).
pressure control type, make sure that I . Pre1!811Te gage
2. Hose
transport stop (7) is fully rearward 3 Test port
directly beneath "PRESSURE" range of 4. Response control lever

inner quadrant. If system is nonpressure

5. Oil level dipstick
6. Inner quadrAnt Levt'l"
type, check that center of rear bolt 7. Transport SLop
8. Draft control lever
holding transport stop (7-Fig. 177) is 11
mm (7/16 inch) from rear of quadrant
stop. On all models, check to be sw-e
lever friction springs are compressed to
20.6 mm (13/16 inch). This amount of
compression should permit levers to slide 188. TRANSPORT STOP. 'lb check move draft control lever to full "UP"
freely, but should hold position when transport stop adjustment, proceed as position.
released. follows: Run engine at 1000 rpm and [f pressw-e control type, move inner
quadrant lever (6-Fig. 178) to "CONS
TANT PUMPING" range forward of the

transport stop (7). Scribe a line (L) across
Fig. 174-VIew of hydfllullc lift arm hub and Lift cover casting. Move
lift cover with mounted
inner lever forward in "POSITION" con
dashpot(1) and pressure con-

2 trol system. trol range to lower the lift links, then

l. Otuhpot move lever back against the transport
2. PreAu"' conlrol valve
stop. Measure the distance that scribe
3. Standpipe
4. Press control lever lines are separated.
6. Conlrol quadrant
[f nonpressure control style, move in
6 LiJ\ arms
7 M88ler control apr>ng SM)'. ner quadrant lever (6- Fig. l77) fully
8. Roc:kwf\ ann
9. Diaphr88m assy.
"UP" in quadrant past the transport

Fig. 174A-VIew of hydraulic

lift cover without mounted
dashpot (pressure control
model shown).
I Vertical lever
2 Orsl\ & pos1t1on control roda
3. Roc:ksbafl arm
4 Muter control 11pring May.
5 PreSBure conl.rol lever

F/g. 177-V/ew of controls for models without

pressure control. Refer to text tor rests and ad
6 Inner quadrant lever 8. Draft control lner
7 Transpon atop 9 Friction tprong

Paragraphs 1 89- 1 93 MASSEY-FERGUSON

stop (7). Scribe a line across lift arm hub main at a midposition with draft lever If system does not respond as de
and lift cover casting, then move inner within 6.3 mm (1/4 inch) of either sec scribed, control spring should be ad
lever back to transport stop. Measure tor mark. If incon-ect, refer to paragraph justed as outlined in paragraph 194 or
distance that scribed lines are separated. 198 or 205 for adjustment procedure.

On all models, distance between
scribed lines should be 3.23.9 mm 190. POSITION CONTROL. 'Ib 192. RESPONSE CONTROL. To
(1/8-5/32 inch). If dimension is not cor check position control, first. attach a fully check operation of response control, first
rect, adjust transport stop as outlined in mounted implement to 3-point linkage. attach a fully mounted implement to
paragraph 197 or 204 before proceeding Place draft control lever (8-Fig. 176) to 3-point links. Place inner quadrant lever
with further tests. full "UP" position and response control (6-Fig. 176) i n "TRANSPORT.''
lever (4) in "FAST" position. Run engine Operate engine at low rpm and move
189 DRAFT CONTROL. Th check at low speed and operate inner lever (6) draft control lever (8) to full "UP" posi
draft control, run engine at low idle in "POSmON" control range to fully tion. Move response control lever (4) to
speed. Move inner quadrant lever (6- raise and lower lift links several times. "SLOW" position, then move draft con
Fig. 179) against transport stop (7) and It must be possible t.o fully raise and trol lever rapidly to full "DOWN"
operate draft control lever (8) to raise lower lift links and to position them in position.
the lift arms. With draft control lever any intermediate setting. The implement should hesitate slight
fullly "UP", gage pressure should not be If lift links do not raise or lower fully, ly, then lower at. a moderate rate of

relielJ valve should not be opening.

ce ive and servo relief (or safety perform the installed adjustments as speed. Place response lever in "FAST"
outlined in paragraph 195 or 101. If lift position. Repeat lowering test using
If lift links do not move to full links creep down then up again (hunt), draft control lever to raise implement,
lransport or through full range, internal leakage is indicated in control then quickly move control lever to
transport stop may be adjusted inconect valve, valve chambers, pump pistons or "DOWN" position.
ly, lift cover internal linkage may be lift cylinder seal rings. The implement should lower notice
rnisadjusted or control valve may be Move inner quadrant lever to ably qu1cker with response lever in
sticking If servo relief is opening, the "TRANSPORT." The lift links should "FAST" position than previous check
transport stop, lift cover linkage or raise to transport positiOn without with lever in "SLOW" position If
pressure control valve (if so equipped) reaching maximum system pressure. If response is not as described, adjust as
may be incorrectly adjusted. lift Jinks do not reach transport position outlined m appropriate paragraph 200
Position draft control lever between or if maximum system pressure is ob or 206.
the sector marks (M) on draft quadrant t.ained, refer to appropriate paragraph
while leaving inner quadrant lever at 195 or 202 for adjustment procedures. 193. PRESSURE CONTROL. To
"TRANSPORT." The lift. links should re check operation of pressure control valve
191. MASTER CONTROL SPRING (if so equipped), attach an implement. or
SENSITIVITY. To check sensitivity of weight to lift links. Run engine at 1000
control spring, first attach a fully rpm, move draft control lever (8- Fig.
mounted implement to lower links and 176) to full "UP" position, move inner
top link. Place inner quadrant lever quadrant lever (6) to full "HIGH" (con
(6-Fig. 176) in "TRANSPORT." stant pumping) in pressure control
Operate engine at low rpm and move range of quadrant and observe pressure
draft. control lever (8) to raise implement indicated on gage (1). Pressure should be
to approximately midpoint of lift travel 17230-17930 kPa (2500-2600 psi).
(implement must be clear of ground). Move inner lever t.o full "LOW" posi
Apply a downward force to rear of im tion and observe gage reading. Pressure
plement. System should respond by should be 0-500 kPa (0-75 psi). Move in
lowering implement slightly. Apply an ner lever to just raise implement and
upward force to 1ea1 of implement. place a load on hydraulic system.
System should raise implement as long Pressure indicated on gage should not
as upward force is being applied. fluctuate more than 700 kPa (100 psi)
Fig. 178-Ret.r to text lorchecking end edju.tlng
tren.,ott lltOp. P,...,..u control model -'town.
L Scr1b<- hn. 1 Transport Lop
6 lRMr q. drant Lr 8 Draft control lr

Fig. 130-The hitch m..ter

control prlng I louted In
,...,of hydraulic llff cowr. lm
pltmtnt dreff toed I tren
mltttd through the prlng to
ectuete draff control llnbge.
I Clv,. head
2 P,n
3 Cover
4 A<IJustmg nut
5 Control oprtng
6 Spnng oeat
1 Plunger
8 O.erload stop
9 Set ..,...,w
10 Nylon plug
II Lfl cover
Fig. 1 79-VIew showing sector marks (M) on draft 12 Control beam
control quadrant. Refer to text tor checking and 13 Bushong
adJusting draft control. 14 Clev11 rocker link

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs H)4-197

with implement held steady at a selected 195. INSTALLED ADJUST Start engine and run at low idle, move
draft control lever fully down and turn
adjusting screw (4-Fig. 182) INTO lever
height. MENTS. The following a<ljustments
lfpresswes are nol as described, refer
until lift links just begin to rise. Turn
should be performed with lift cover in

adjusting screw OUT after links are just

to appropriate paragraph 199 or 203 for stalled and tractor operational. Ac
adjustment procedure. complish the adjustments in the
sequence listed. Remove the response above horizontal so lift links stop rising.
ADJUSTMENTS control cover plate from right side. Be This will synchronize pump control
sure that oil is maintained at level of valve and internal linkage at neutral
Models With Dashpot Mounted on lowest threaded mounting hole for position. Push the control lever (with
Lift Cover response control cover making it roller) forward to lower if lift links raise
necessary to temporarily reinstall the too high (above horizontal), then read
194. MASTER CONTROL lower cap screw. Be sure that control just screw (4). Shut off engine and move
SPRING. To adjust master control valve adjusting screw (4-Fig. 181) and draft. control lever to "TRANSPORT,"
spring (5-Fig. 180), disconnect control roller (3) are correctly installed. If then remove adjustment wedge (W).
beam {12) or top link (depending on what pressure control type, adjusting screw (5)
type spring head is used} from spring should be threaded into vertical lever (1), 197. TRANSPORT STOP. Adjust
head (1). If a clevis type head is used, but should not contact diaphragm transport stop with weights still at
remove bolts attaching clevis rocker link plunger. tached to lift links. Run engine at idle
(14) to lift cover casting { 1 1). Position On alJ models, make swe lift arms will speed with draft control lever in fuJI
draft control lever fully down. Check for fall freely of their own weight from "UP" position.
end play in spring by pulling and raised position with engine not running
pushing on spring head. If end play is and quadrant lever down. Side play of On nonpresswe control models, move
present, loosen set screw (9) in side of lift lift arms should be the least possible inner quadrant lever past the transfer
housing and pull back rubber boot (3) to while still permitting free movement, stop bracket full up on quadrant. Be sure
expose adjusting nut (4}. Turn adjusting and is a<ljusted by cap screws securing relief valve is opening, then SCIibe lines

is just eliminated. Check control spring adjustment as

nut into or out of lift. cover until end play lift arms to shaft. across lift arms and lift cover (L-Fig.
183). Move the inner quadrant control
outlined in paragraph 194 and adjust if lever (position control) down toward
NOTE: End play will be present If ad necessary. Set initial position of
justlng nut Is either too loose or too tight. transport stop and lever friction as
described in paragraph 187.
If end play cannot be elimmaled by Connect a 35000 kPa (5000 psi)
turning adjusting nut, it will be pressure gage to port in lift cover as
necessary to remove control spring shown in Fig. 176. Attach an implement
assembly and check internal a<ljustment or 400 Kg, (900 pound) weight to lift
of spring as follows: Unscrew a<ljusting links. Operate engine and raise and
nut and withdraw spring assembly from lower weight several times to expel air
lift cover. Grasp spring while holding and warm oil to about 50C (120F).
head and attempt to rotate spring on Lower lift links and stop engine.
plunger (7). Spring should fit snugly
with no end play, but should still turn 196. CONTROL VALVE. To adjust
with moderate effort. If adjustment is in control valve, first move both quadrant
correct, drive pin (2) out of head and levers to "TRANSPORT" position.
thread plunger into or out of head until Then, install a wedge between dashpot
end play is just eliminated. Tighten piston rod and collar as shown in Fig. Fig. 182-A wedge (W) must be placed between
plunger further, if necessary, until slot 182 to hold dashpot and linkage in deshpot piston rod end co/fer to hold linkage In
is aligned and reinstall pin (2). Install neutral position during adjustment. neutrel during control velve edjustment. Refer to
text for edfustment procedure.
control spring assembly into housing
and turn adjusting nut until end play is NOTE: Be careful when positioning 2 DaahpoL plunger
Control valve
just eliminated. Install nylon plug (10) wedge and do not dislodge roller (3-Fig. ac\)uotona acnw
6 Pr<!u"" control 10 OaahjK;l J!U' ll<ftW
and tighten set screw (9). 181) from control lever, or vertical lever (1) aci.Juauna ec,..w ll.Sel-
from Its pivot pin.

Flg. 181-VIewof/lft houslng

through opening forrNponse
control co. Refer to text for
1. Verucal e
2 Oubpot plunger
3. Roller
4 ContrOl valve ac\)ultlniJ
5 l're88ure contrOl
ec\)ustang ocrew
6. Pre88ure control
Fig. 183-Scrlbe lines (L) on lift cover (1) end lift
erm (2) ere used when adJusting transport :ttop.
Refer to text.

Paragraphs 198-201 MASSEY -FERGUSON

transport until scribed lines are 3.2-3.9

mm (1/8-5/32 inch) apart. Adjust
transport stop to hold control lever at
this point on quadrant. If stop adjust Fig. 186-V/ew of 3-polnt lift
ment is impossible, lift cover internal controls tor models equipped
with preuure control. Con
linkage may be incorrectly adjusted,
ne<:t 35000 kPa (5000 pal)
damaged or binding Check linkage pressure gage (4) at lift cover
through right side opening. Also check port (6) to check system
relief valve operation through this pressure.
M S..-ctDr mark
opening. I Oral\ control l<er
On pressure control models, move in 2 Inner quodrent levrr
3 TranRJlOrt atop
ner quadrant lever into "CONSTANT 4 ..ure gage
PUMPING" range at "PRESSURE" 6 lloe
6 Tet port
control side oftransport stop, then scribe 7 Response conlrol oad<
a line CL-Fig. 183) across lift arm and cover

lift cover hub. Move inner quadrant

lever to "POSITION" s1de of transport
stop, firmly against stop pin. Measure
distance between the scribed lines. If not
within 3.2-3.9 mm (1/8-5/32 inch), loosen draft lever is not within 6.4 mm ( 1/4 200. RESPONSE CONTROL. To ad
control quadrant mounting bolts and inch) of sector marks (M-Fig.179), just response control, loosen plunger set
move only the inner quadrant to correct loosen screws securing draft quadrant screw (11-Fig. 184), push rod (R) down,
the setting. and relocate quadrant until sector then retighten set screw to hold rod m
marks are correctly located. Tighten re place Move the response control lever
198. DRAFT CONTROL. Adjust draft taining screws, then recheck adjust to "FAST" position, then remstall
control as follows: Disconnect top link, ment. response side cover (without outer cover)
but leave weight or implement attached onto housing. Move response control
to lower links. Run engine at idle speed. 199. PRESSURE CONTROL. To ad lever to place it about 6.4 mm (1/4 inch)
Move inner quadrant lever to "TRANS just pressure control, proceed as follows: from "SLOW" position. Remove access
PORT" position and move draft control Implement or weight must be attached plug from side cover. Insert a wrench
lever downward until weight just begins to lift links and pressure gage connected through access opemng and loosen set
to fall. Position draft lever so weight re to lift cover as shown in Fig. 176. Run screw to allow plunger to release and
mains suspended in approximately mid engine at low speed and move draft. con contact response lever shaft. Retighten
position, then note location of lever. If trol lever fully "UP." Move inner set screw. Install access plug and outer
quadrant lever forward as far as possi cover.
ble, then move lever rearward into Fill housing to full mark on dipstick
"CONSTANT PUMPING" and note with recommended oil. Start engine and
pressure gage reading. raise and lower lift links several times
If pressure is not within 17240-17930 using draft control lever to purge air
kPa (2500-2600 psi), move inner lever from dashpot. Check for proper opera
fully down and acljust pressure control lion of hitch.
valve tube (accessible through response
cover opening). Turn tube clockwise to ADJUSTMENTS
increase, or counterclockwise to decrease
pressure to recommended setting. Models Without Dashpot on
When pressure is within limits, lurn Lift Cover
pressure control acijusting screw (5-Fig.
181) clockwise until vertical lever Ill 201. MASTER CONTROL
begins to pulsate, then turn sere\\ SPRING. To acljust master control
Fig. 184-VIew of reponse <:ontrol plungerIKI}usr counterclockwise until pulsating stops spring <7-Fig. 185), disconnect upper
ment rod (R), plunger (2), set screw (11) end and pressure does not fluctuate more link control beam from spring head (10).
dashpot housing (12). than 700 kPa (100 psi). Position draft control lever fully down.
Check for end play in spring by pulling
and pushing on spring head. If end play
IS present, loosen set screw (3) in s1de of

lift housing and pull back rubber boot

(9) to expose adjusting nut (8). Turn ad
Fig. 185-The master control JUstmg nut into or out. of lift cover until
spring Is IO(;ated In rear of end play is just eliminated.
hydrttullc //It cover.
1 t,,n. cover
2. Nylon plul(
NOTE: End play will be present II ad
. SN oerew Justlng nut Is either too loose or too tight.
4 Ovtrloed otop
6 Plunger
6 Sprona at If end play cannot be eliminated by
7 Contn>l opnng
II AtiJuu"' nut
turning adJustmg nut, it will be
9 Covor necessary to remove control spring
I0 Spring heed
II Ptn assembly and check internal acijustment
of spring as follows: Unscrew
nul and withdraw spring assembly from

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 202203

lift cover. Grasp spring while holding raise and lower lift links several times (3-Fig. 188) and observe pressure
head and attempt t.o rotate spring on to expel air and warm oil to about 50C reading. Pressure for all models should
plunger (5). Spring should fit. snugly (120F). be 17240-17930 k.Pa <2500-2600 psi) and
with no end play, but should still turn should not fluctuate more than 700 k.Pa
with moderate effort. lf adjustment is in 203. PRESSURE CONTROL. Run (100 psi).
correct, drive pin (11) out. of bead and engine at 1500 rpm and move draft con If pressure fluctuates more than 700
thread plunger into or out of head until trol lever to full "UP" position. On kPa (100 psi), adjust diaphragm screw
end play is just eliminated. Tighten models with pressure control, move in 0-Fig. 187) as follows: Stop engine,
plunger further, if necessary, until slot ner quadrant lever to "CONSTANT move quadrant inner lever fllily down
is aligned and reinstall pin (11). PUMPING" position and observe and remove response control side cover.
Reinstall control spring assembly in pressure indicated by gage (4-Fig. 186). Turn diaphragm adJusting screw out
to lift housing and turn adjusting nut. (8) On models without pressure control, turn. Temporarily install response con
until end play is just eliminated. Install move inner lever past the transport stop trol cover and repeat pressure check. Ad-
nylon plug (2) and tighten set screw (3).


MENTS. The following adjustments
should be petformed with lift cover in
stalled and tractor operational. Ac
complish the adjustments in the
sequence listed. Maintain oil level at the
lowest mounting bolt hole (5-Fig. 187)
of response control cover plate. Connect
a 35000 kPa (5000 psi) pressure gage
(4-Fig. 186) to test port (6) in lift cover
as shown. Fig. 188-VIew of controls for
Remove response control cover plate models without pressure con
trol. Sector marks (M) and
and check that diaphragm adjusting
scribed lines (L) are used
screw (1-Fig. 187), if so equipped, has
at least three threads extending through
when adjusting control
1/nlcsge. Refer to text.
diaphragm lever (2) for an initial setting. I Draft ron1rol !eYer
2. lru>er quadrant le,er
Be sure oil is to level of lower bolt hole 3 'l'ranspon swp
(5). 4. l'nctlon spnng
5. Cap oaewo
Check to make sure lift arms fall free
ly of their own weight from raised posi
tion with engine not running and
quadrant lever down. Lift arm side
clearance is adjusted by cap screws
securing lift arms to rockshaft. Check
transport stop initial setting as outlined
in paragraph 187.
Attach an implement or weight of ap
proximately 400 Kg (900 pounds) to lift
arms. Temporarily reinstall response
control side cover, then run engine and

Fig. 189-Pressure Is ad
justed with screwdriver
through rear bolt hole In
transfer plate (3). Refer to

Fig. 187-Access to Internal linkage adjustment

points Is obtained through response control cover
opening. 011 should be et level of hole {5).
I 01aphragm ad.Justmg
ocrew 3 1-oponee volve lever
2. Oiaphrogm lever 4 ,Verucol levtr

Paragraphs 204-207 MASSEY-FERGUSON

just as described lh turn at a time until ner lever downward on quadrant weight just begins to fall. Position draft
pressure fluctuation is eliminated. towards the transport stop until the control lever in quadrant where weight

If maximum system pressure is not scribed lines are separated 3.2 3.9 mm remains suspended in midposition and
within specified range of 17240-17930 {118-5/32 inch). Adjust the transport stop note location of draft lever. If lever is not
kPa (2500-2600 psi), adjust maximum to hold the inner lever at this point. If within 6.4 mm (1/4 inch) of sector marks
pressure setting as follows: Place inner necessary, the quadrant retaining bolts {M-Fig. 186 or 188), loosen screws
lever fully down on quadrant. Remove can be loosened and inner quadrant (5-Fig. 188) securing draft indicating
rear cap screw from transfer cover moved for additional adjustment. quadrant. Move draft quadrant while
(3-Fig. 189) and use a screwdriver On pressure control models, move in holding draft lever until sector marks
through bolt hole in cover to turn ner quadrant lever to "CONSTANT align with lever. Be careful not to move
pressure adjusting screw as necessary. PUMPING" on pressure side of inner quadrant indicator while making
Each lh turn of screw will change transport stop. Scribe a line across lift this adjustment.
pressure approximately 350-700 kPa arm and lift casting (similar to L-Fig.
(50-100 psi). Reinstall transfer cover re 188), then move inner lever to "POSI 206. RESPONSE CONTROL. To ad
taining cap screw and recheck for cor TION" side of transport stop. Measure just response control, first remove outer
rect pressure. the distance that scribed lines are cover from response control side cover.
separated. If separation is not within Place response lever (1-Fig. 190) 6.4
204. TRANSPORT STOP. To adjust range of 3.23.9 mm (l/8-5/32 inch), mm (1/4 inch) from "SLOW" position,
transport stop (3-Fig. 186 or 188) run loosen cap screws securing quadrant and then loosen retaining screw (3). Move in
engine at idle speed. With implement or move inner quadrant only to obtain cor ner plate (2) until cam block contacts the
weights attached to lift links, move draft rect setting. "slide" valve lever (located inside hous
control lever to fully "UP" position. ing on pump). Tighten retaining screw
On mv<lels without pressure control, 205. DRAFT CONTROL. To adjust to secure the adjustment.
move inner quadrant lever past draft. control, disconnect the top link, but
transport stop to "CONSTANT PUMP leave implement or weights attached to LIFT COVER
ING." Scribe lines {L- Fig. 188) across lower links. Run engine at low speed,
lift arm and lift cover casting. Move in place inner quadrant lever at Models With Oashpot Mounted
"TRANSPORT" and move draft control on Cover
lever downward on quadrant until
To remove hydraulic lift cover, first
remove seat and seat frame. Disconnect
upper lift links from lift arms and
remove center link. On models so equip
ped, remove control beam from control
spring head (2B-Fig. 192). On all

Fig. 190-VIew of response control side cover with

outer cover removed.
I Relpvn control lever
2 ln""r plle

<!' 24



Fig. 192-Exploded view of hydraulic lift cover, muter control 1prlng, rockshlft, lift cylinder 1nd
ISSOC/ated partS.
I. Bu.llun1 18. Llll ann. R II
2A CleVla head 6 Sprtnc t 12 Wuhor 19 R.oduhaf\ arm
Fig. 191-Remove roller from top of control valve 28. Plm had 7 Plunatr 13 L1f\ rm. R H 20 P1111.0n rod
3 Rubber bool 8 Overload 1rtop 14 "0" rma 21 PllllOn
lever (2) before removing lift cover, and be ture 4 Acljuatmg nul 16 Buahln11 22 Plllon r1n1111
9 Sel ac:r"
vertical lever (1) Is located to rear of valve lever 6 Muter control 10 Nylon plug 16 Rockohal\ 23 Llf\ cylondor
when reinstalling lift cover. 1prmg I I Lock clip 17 Llf\ cover 24. "0" nng

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 208-209
models, drain hydraulic system nuid
down until response control side cover
can be removed. Reaching through side
cover opening, spread pump control
valve lever arms (2-Fig. 191) and
remove roller. Remove transfer plate or
auxiliary valve. Remove lift cover Fig. 194-Exploded view of
mounting cap screws, then carefully hydraulic lift controls.
I. Druft control quadrant
remove cover using a suitable hoist. 2. Oral\ control lever
When reinstalling lift cover, it is 3. Position control lever
4. Poaition control quadrant
recommended that two guide dowels be
6. "0" ring
installed to aid in aligning cover with 6. "0" nng
7. Support
differential housing. Be sure to guide the 8. Set sere"
hydraulic standpipe into lift pump as 9. Poeitlon control shnfl
10. Rollers
cover is lowered onto housing. Be sure 11. Drafl control ahafl
vertical control lever (1) is located to the 12. "0" nng
rear of control valve lever (2). Reinstall
roller in control valve lever. Tighten lift
cover cap screws to 75 N m (55 ft.-lbs.)

torque. Complete installation by revers

ing the removal procedure.

208. OVERHAUL. To disassemble, (51) and pressure control lever (45). quadrant assembly from lift cover. Com
ftrst unscrew control spring adjusting Remove adjusting bolt (48). Remove press sp1ings (42), then install cotter
nut (4-Fig. 192) and withdraw control return spring (38). Remove set screw pins thtough holes in ends ofspring rods
(8-Fig. 194) securing control quadrant to hold springs in place. Remove bolts
securing support bracket (47) to cylinder,
spring assembly from lift cover. Remove
dashpot assembly (53-Fig. 193). If in lift cover. Hold draft and position
equipped with pressure control, remove levers (37 and 40-Fig. 193) away from then remove vertical lever (43) with con
diaphragm (52), presswe control valve quadrant cams (32 and 33), then remove trol levers and support bracket. Remove
set screw (30), then pull pivot shaft (31)
from cams and lift. cover. Remove con
trol cams (32 and 33) with rods and
To remove rockshaft (16-Fi.g. 192) and
lift cylinder (23), first remove left-hand
lift arm (18). Slide shaft with right-hand
arm out right side oflift cover. Remove
bushings (15) and "0" rings (14).
Remove rockshaft arm (19) with rod (20)
from lift cover. Remove stud nuts secur
ing lift cylinder and remove cylinder
from lift housing. Remove piston from
Inspect all parts for wear, scoring or
other damage and renew if necessary. Be
sure to renew all "0" rings.
To reassemble, install cylinder on lift
cover and tighten stud nuts nearest
front of cover to 197-257 N m (145-190

ft.lbs.) torque and nuts nearest rear of

cover to 278-332 N m (205-245 ft..lbs.)
torque. Stagger piston ring end gaps
around piston, then use a suitable ring
compressor to assemble piston in
cylinder. Install rockshaft in lift cover
aligning master spline on shaft with
blind splines inside rockshaft arm and
lift arms.
Reinstall control linkage by reversing
the disassembly procedure. Adjust cam
pivot shaft (31-Fig. 193) to obtain
minimum amount of side play in
Fig. 193-Exploded view of hydraulic lift Internal control linkage used on models equipped with pressure Linkage, but cams should move freely
control. On models without pressure control, Items 45, 46. 51 and 52 are not used. without binding. Adjust linkage as
30. Set sc:rew 47. Support bracket outlined in paragraph 211.
31. Pivot shofl 37 Oral\ oontro1 lever 42. Spnngs 48. Draft a<ljusting bolt
32. Position control com 38 Return spnng 43. Vertical lever 49 "0" ring
33. Oral\ control com 39 Position a<ljwning 44 A<\iUI!ting screws 50. Waaher 209. DRAFT RESPONSE DASH
34. Stop ocrcw screw 45. Pressure control lever 51. Pre88ure control valve
POT. The drafi response dashpot
35 Oral\ control rod 40 Posit1on control lever 46. Pre88ure control 52. Diaphragm
36. Roller 41 Pivot yoke a<\justing rod 53. Dashpot assembly (53-Fig. 193) attaches to lever

Paragraphs 2 1 0-212 MASSEY-FERGUSON

bracket, and can be removed afler The servo piston (7) and matched the diaphragm exhaust passage is
removing lifl cover as outlined in sleeve (8) connect the control dtaphragm closed. When the pressure Jjmit is
paragraph 207. assembly (Fig. 197) to control passage of reached, fluid passes servo piston to

To dtsassemble the dashpot, loosen ad pressure valve. When servo piston is diaphragm passage, extending the
justing screw (18-Fig. 195) and remove against stop pin in valve body (9-Fig. diaphragm plunger to move the main
adjustment rod (20) and spring (19). In 196) the diaphragm passage is open to hydraulic pump control arm to neutral.
vert the housing and remove plunger open to reservoir. As pressure builds up Relief valve ( 10) is preset at a slightly
(17), needle (15) and spring (14). Depress in lift cylinder circuit. and piston (7) higher pressure than diaphragm return
piston rod and guide (8) and remove snap moves upward against. spring pressure, spring (2-Fig. 197). The valve provides
ring (7), then remove spring (9), piston a safety relief passage if diaphragm
(10) and spring (11). Expansion pi ugs or plunger malfunctions or system s i im
guide (12) can be removed from body if properly adjusted.
renewal s i indicated. To disassemble the pressure control
Assemble by reversing the disassem valve, refer to Fig. 196 and proceed as
bly procedure using Fig. 195 as a guide. follows: Withdraw adjusting tube (1) and
Adjust as outlined in paragraph 200 sprmg (3), then unscrew and remove
after tractor is assembled. pilot (5). Using needlenose pliers,
carefully withdraw guide (7). Remove
210. PRESSURE CONTROL piston seat (8) using a hooked wire.
VALVE AND DIAPHRAGM. The Relief valve (10) and spring (11) can be
pressure control valve shown exploded removed after removing snap ring (12).
in Fig. 196 serves the dual purpose of Guide (7) and seat (8) ate available on
providing pressure relief for the main ly as a matched set. All other parts are
hydraulic pump during normal opera available individually. Examine all
tion and providing weight transfer for parts carefully and renew any which are
added traction when using some types worn, scored or damaged.
of pulled or mounted implements. Assemble the pressure control valve
Pressure line (2) is connected to weld by reversmg the disassembly procedure.
ed tee-block in standpipe, and ram Adjust as outlined in paragraph 199
cylinder pressure acts against. servo after lift cover is reinstalled.
piston (7) which is held closed by the
variable rat.e spring (3). The spring is 211. INTERNAL UNKAGE AD
compressed to the maximum when inner -9 JUSTMENT. The following internal lin.
quadtant control lever is in "POSITION linkage adjustments must be performed
CONTROL" or "CONSTANT PUMP before reinstalling lift cover. lnvert the
ING" position, and is released at a lift cover in a fixture or on a bench.
uniform rate as lever is moved to low 10 Block up the cover as necessary so
end of "PRESSURE CONTROL" sector II rockshaft can be moved to the normal
of quadrant. When pressure valve ts cor 13 raised "TRANSPORT" position.
rectly adjusted and operating properly, 12 Check and adjust master control
pressure in the ram cylinder circuit spring (5-Fig. 192) as outlined in
Fig. 196-E'IIploded view ofp,.ssure control valve.
should be 140-275 kPa (20-40 psi) with paragraph 194. Make sure draft control
10 Val
inner quadrant control lever at extreme I A<IJUI!ting tube II Spronw rod does not contact spring plunger
2 Pressure tube 12 Snop nn11 when adjusting master control spring.
"LOW" end of quadrant and should in 3 Prell!lure apnng 13 w..hcr
crease at. n steady rate as lever is 6 Ptlol H Spring Move draft control lever to fully lowered
6 Plunger 16 "o rang
moved, until the specified reliefpressute 7 Cutde l6 Ball
position on quadrant and, if necessary,
is obtained as lever moves into "CONS 8 &,at 17 Boek up wnhor place a wedge between lift cover casting
9 Bod) 18 "0'' rani(
TANT PUMPING" sector of Quadrant. and draft control rod adjusting screw.

20 212. DRAFT CONTROL ROD. To ad

just drafl control rod (6-Fig. 198), first
move drafl control lever to full "UP"
Fig. 195-Draft responn

dashpot, control cover and
usocleted parts.
J Control CO\'tr
2 Rc:pon,.,. lt-\lfr
3 i'ort plu11
4 S1de covt\r
5 Sprln
8 Oran ro pun .. cam
7 Snep TlnK
8. Plunor & buhng
9 Spron11
10 Olthpot pwn
II Spnn11
12 Cuclt
13 Oahpot
14 Spnna
15 Reoponk n<t'dl
17 Vale plun!ef
18. A<IJusung "'"""
19 Sprona
20 NL-t-dlt' Fig. 197-E'IIploded view of pressure control
3. Otaphram
4. Body

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 2 1 3-2 1 4

Fig. 198-V/ew oft/It cover In

ternal control linkage.
Pressure control model Is
1 . Oashpot
2. Response control plunger
3. Guide rod
4. Vertical lever
5. Draft control com
6. Draft control rod
7, Position control cam
8. urc control lever
9. PreMurc control ot\}usllng

Fig. 202-Measure distance (D) between bortom

(notched end) of pressure adjusting tube (I) and
position. Then, adjust control rod cap enough to free the position control lever. pressure control valve housing liS shown. Refer to
screw (S-Fig. 199) until clearance (A) Attach a spring scale to vertical lever,
between cap sc1ew and lift cover casting and apply 1.4 Kg (3 pounds) of pull mm (0.636 inch) thick between lift cover
is 4.1-4.5 mm (0.160-0.180 inch). against lever while checking clearance casting and rockshaft arm (5) making
between lever and dashpot plunger. sure arm rests against spacer. Move
213. DRAFT CONTROL LINKAGE. Turn draft adjusting bolt (5), if draft control lever to full "UP" position
To adjust draft control linkage, first necessary, to provide correct clearance of quadrant and move position control
check for correct initial setting of of0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 inch). Tighten ad lever to transpot-t stop.
transport stop as follows: On models justing screw locknut, then recheck Use spring scale attached to vertical
without presswe control, make swe clearance to be sure setting is correct. lever to apply 1.4 Kg (3 pounds) pull to
that center of rear bolt holding transport lever, then check that clearance between
stop plate is 11 mm (7/16 inch) from rear 214. POSITION CONTROL. To adjust lever and dashpot plunger is 0-0.05 mm
of slot in quadrant. On models with position contiol linkage, be sure wedge (0-0.002 inch). Turn position adjusting
pressure control, be sure that transport (1-Fig. 201) is still in place holding screw (4), if necessary, to set correct
stop is positioned at rear of quadrant dashpot fixed against vertical lever. clearance. Tighten adjusting screw jam
slot. Position a spacer block (6) that is 16.15 nut, then recheck clearance.
Move inner quadrant lever against
transport stop, then loosen quadlant at
taching cap screws and center both
quad1ants in the mounting slots.
Tighten quadrant attaching screws.
Move draft control lever between the
two sector marks on the draft quadrant.
Fig. 200-VIew showing ad
On presswe control models, disconnect justment of draft control
pressure control lever (8-Fig. 198) from 1/nkllge. Refer to text for pro-
pressure control valve and rear pivot cedure.
pin, and remove control lever. Remove 1 Wedge
2 Oathpot
pressure control adjusting tube (9) with 3 Feler gage
4 Locknut
rod, clevis and spring from pressure con
5 Draft at\}usung bolt
trol valve. 6 Pooltlon a<IJustln screw
On all models, install a wedge (1-Fig.
200) to hold dashpot plunger in fixed
position against vertical lever. Loosen
position control adjusting screw (6) just

Fig. 201-View showing ad

fusrment of position control
linkage. Refer to text.
1 Wedge
2 DMhpol
3 Feeler gage
4 Posoloon adjusung screw
5. Rockshart arm
6 Spocer

Fig. 199-Turn draft control rod adjusting screw

(S) until clearance (A) between head of screw and
lift cover casting Is 4. 1-4.5 mm (0. 160-0. 180 Inch).
Draft control lever must be In fully "UP" position.

Paragraphs 21 52 1 7 MASSEY-FERGUSON

215. PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE. lever to lowest setting within mounting bracket. Unbolt and remove
On models equipped with pressure con "PRESSURE" range ofquadrant. Hold seat support with auxiliary valve and
trol, reinstall spring and adjusting tube pressure control lever down secwely return fllter (if so equipped) as a unit

(9-Fig. 198) into presswe control valve. against actuating cam, then measure (Fig. 204). Remove transfer cap (4-Fig.
Attach pressure control lever (8) to clevis distance between bottom of adjusting 205) and response control side cover,
and pivot pin. Move drafl control lever tube and pressure control valve housing then withdraw standpipe before remov
fully "UP" and move inner quadrant as shown in Fig. 202. Turn adjusting ing lift cover. Remove cover attaching
tube as required until distance (D) is cap screws, install guide studs, then lift
31.75-34.93 mm Cl-1/4 to 1-3/8 inches). the cover from center housing.
When reinstalling, be sure vertical
LIFT COVER control lever (4-Fig. 206) on cover is to
rear of hydraulic pump control lever. Be
Models Without Dashpot Mounted sure "butterfly" bracket (2-Fig. 207), if
on Cover so equipped, is installed on top of pump
servo valve and that pressure control
216. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. lever (1) engages the "butterfly" as
Disconnect lifl links from lift arms, and shown. Use a welding rod or similar thin
remove upper link and control beam rod to guide standpipe into position as
from master control spring head. Discon shown in Fig. 208.
nect wiring and hydraulic lines as
necessary. Detach auxiliary valve 217. OVERHAUL. Refer to Figs. 209,
remote couplers (if so equipped) from 210 and 211 for exploded view of lift
Fig. 204-VIew ofauxiliary valve, rerum filter and
1ear 1upport being removed as an assembly.

Fig. 207-0n pressure control models, be sure

pressure control lever (1) engages "butterfly" Fig. 208-Standplpe (S) can be guided Into poal
bracket when Installing lift cover. tlon with a piece of welding rod aa shown

Fig. 209-Hydraullc lift cover

showing master control
spring and associated parts.
I Ltfl cover
Fig. 205-The response side cover (5) and lrllnsfer 2 Standptpe
cap (4) must be removed and st.ndplpe whhdrawn 3 TnoMftr cop
before removing the hydraulic /Itt cover. 4 Nylon plull
5 &letrt!l
7 Ov..rloed otop
8 Plunger
II Spnng l!enl
12 ContrOl spnn11
13 Ad.Ju.otmg nut
14 Cover
16 Pan
16 Cltvis

Fig. 210-Etploded view of

lilt cylinder, rockshafl and
associated parts.
17 Cylinder
18 '"0'" rmg
19 PaalOn nngs
2(1 Plmn
21 Connecting rod
22 Loek chp
23 Ltflarm
24 o'" ring
Fig. 206-The vertical /ever (4) must bepositioned 26. Buahmga
as shown with cover relnatalled. 26 Roekahall arm
I Aci.JuUnl "' 3 Slid valvt levtr 27 Roekoha(l
2 Dlophrarm lever 4 Vertical lever 28. Lin arm

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 21 7 Cont.

cover and linkage. Lift arms (23 and On pressure control models, remove cover.
28-Fig. 210), rockshaft arm (26) and lever (50-Fig. 214). On all models, Rmove right-hand lift arm, then
rockshaft c:m all have master splines for loosen the position adjusting screw withdraw rockshaft 127-Fig. 210) with
correct assembly. Rockshaft bushings (36-Fig. 215), then remove spring (38). left-hand lift arm from cover. &move
(25) are slip fit in cover bores. Thread a screw into quadrant retaining "0" rings 124> and bushmgs (25) from lift.
To disassemble, loosen set screw pin (P), then pull or pry pin out of lift cover.
(5-Fig. 209) and remove adjusting nut cover. Hold draft and position control Insert cotter pins through drilled holel:i
(13), then withdraw master control fingers away from quadrant cams, then in cam spnng guide rods to hold springs
spring (12) assembly and disc (7). withdraw quadrant assembly from (34-Fig. 214) in compressed position.
&move nut (29) retaining pivot bracket,
Fig. 211-0rawlng of hy then remove vert1cal lever (32) with
draullc lift llnlcaga located on

Inside of lift cover. Inset fingers and pivot bracket as a unit.
shows parts that 11re used for Remove fitttng at left-hand side of lift
pressure control models. cover and lool:ien et sere" IS-Fig. 216)
P P,vot ohaft
S Set ocre..
retaining cam pivot shaft <P>. Withdraw
29 Nut the pivot shaft and remove position con
SO Bracket
31 P1vot brackot trol and draft control cams 39 and
32. Vertical lever 40-Fig. 2 1 1 )
33 Serow
Remove rockshafl arm <26-Fig. 210)
and piston rod (21 l. Remove piston !20)
34. Sprm(l'l
36. Cam rollr
36. Poaiuon ad.JutnN crew
37 Pooiuon contnol finNcr from cylinder 117) and unbolt and
38. Sprons remove cylinder from cover if necessary.
39. Pos1uon control ram
40 Oral\ control com When reassembling, tight.en lift
41 Sprong cylinder retaimng nutl:i to 160 N m C120
34 37 32 29
42 Draft control rod
43 Sp ICI"f.. ft..Jbs.l torque. Stagger end gaps of
50 L1nk piston nngs09-Fig. 2l0l when mstall
ing piston. Grooved end of rod (21) 1s re
51 Block au

tained m rockshaft arm (26) by a set

screw. Coat threadl:i of set screw with
Loctite 262, turn set screw in until 1t bot
toms, then back tt out 1/8 turn. Position
rockshaft arm with rod into cover.

Fig. 214-VIew of control

llnlcllge lnstelled In lift cover.
Pressure control model Is
P Povot pon
29 Nut
32. Vertocal lever
34 Sprongs
36 Poottton acljustong ICI"<!W
50 Pressure control lever

Fig. 212-Erploded view of control quadrants. In

sal 1h0w1 parts for pressure control models.
N Specoal nut.e 8. Draft control quadrant
S Saewa 9 Draft control lr
I Draft control ohaft 10 Poe1toon control lf>tr
2 Poe1110n control ohal\ 11 PO&IIlon control
3 Support quadrant

Fig. 215-VIew of position

control linkage. Pin (P) r
telns control quadrant In lift
36 AdjustJng IO"eW
37 Poa1llon conuol finger
38 Spnng
39 Poo1t1on control cam

D. Oipatoek 4 Sode cover
I. Control cover S Spring
2. Reoponat h6ndlc s. Shan
S. Block 7 Response com

Paragraphs 2 1 8-220 MASSEY-FERGUSON

Install control linkage as follows: Install and adjust master control and lift cover casting is 5.84 mm (0.230
Locate control cams (39 and 40-Fig. spring as outlined in paragraph 201. inch).
211) in cover and start pivot shaft. (P) Adjust internal linkage as outlined in
through left-hand side of cover, but not paragraph 218 before reinstalling lift 220. DRAFT CONTROL LINKAGE.
into cams. Install vertical lever spring cover. To adjust draft. control linkage, install
(41-Fig. 217) over pivot bracket (31) and special gage tool (MFN 1080-D) onto lift.
around vertical lever (32), then insert 218. INTERNAL LINKAGE AD cover using special bushings (Nuday No.
pivot shaft. into control cams. Do not JUSTMENT. The following internal lift 6088) as shown in Fig. 219. Be sure ver
tighten set screw at this time. Insert linkage adjustments must be performed tical lever (1) is to rear of setting rod on
spring rods (34-Fig. 211) into mounting before reinstalling lift cover. The follow gage tool, then slide Nuday No. 6089
bracket (30), then remove cotter pins to ing special tools are required to proper bushing (B-Fig. 222) over the setting
release the springs. Install assembled ly make the internal adjustments: Gage rod.
quadrant while holding control fingers tool (MFN 1080-D), Gage tool (MFD 970) If equipped with pressure control,
away from quadrant rollers. Install and Nuday No. 6088 and 6089 bushings. move pressure control lever (4-Fig. 220)
quadrant retaining pin (P-Fig. 215). Invert the lift cover in a fixture or on upward. On all models, turn position
Hook spring (38) between position con a bench. Block up the cover as necessary control adjustment screw (5) outward
trol cam and finger (37). Install pressure so rockshaft. can be moved to the normal several turns. Move position control
control lever (50-Fig. 214) if so equip raised "TRANSPORT" position. Check lever against transport stop and place
ped. Adjust cam pivot shaft. <P-Fig. 216) and adjust master control spring draft. control lever between sector marks
to obtain minimum linkage side play, (12-Fig. 209) as outlined in paragraph as shown in Fig. 221. Attach a suitable
but make sure cams move freely. 201. Make certain draft. control rod does spring scale to vertical lever (1-Fig.
Tighten set screw (S) to secUre pivot not contact spring plunger (8) when ad 222) and apply a 1.36 Kg (3 pound) pull
shaft.. justing master control spring.
Install rockshaft (27-Fig. 210)
through left-hand side of cover aligning 219. DRAFT CONTROL ROD. To ad
master spline on shaft. with master just draft control rod (42-Fig. 218),
spline on rockshaft. arm and lift arms. move draft. control lever to fully "UP"
Tighten cap screws retaining lift arms position. Be sure draft. control rod is con
until shaft. side play is minimum, but tacting master control spring plunger,
arms can still be raised and lowered then adjust control rod cap screw (C) un
freely. til clearance (D) between head of screw

Fig. 220-Refer to text for Internal adjustment of

lift cover linkage.

2. Gap tool <MFD 1080-0) 4. Prdlure control lever
3. Bolt. & Nuday 6088 6. Poellion control
i acljualing tcrew

Fig. 216-Set screw (S) retains control cam pivot

shaft (P).
Fig. 218-Ad/ust draft control rod (42) so
clearance (0) between capscrew (C) and lift cover
casting Is 5.84 mm (0.230 Inch).
Fig. 221-V/ew of control quadrant. PreBBure con
trol model /a shown.

Fig. 217-V/ew ot vert/cal lever spring (41) In Fig. 219-The spec/a/ gage tool (MFN 1080-0)
stalled. shown at (2) should be Installed using two Nuday
29. Nut :S2. Vertical lever No. 6088 bushings (3) end bolts. Vertical /ever /s Fig. 222-Reter to text tor teatlng end edjustment
31. Pivot bracket 41. Spnng shown at (1). of draft control linkage.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 22 1 -22 3
to lever. The vertical lever should make to "TRANSPORT" position <past
light contact with bushing (8).
lapse and remove the dnve shaft coupler
transport stop) and recheck adjustment. and remove pto output shaft. Remove
If adjustment is incorrect, loosen pivot Remove special gage tools when ad the dowel pin IP-Fig. 228) from each
bracket nut (7 -Fig. 223) just enough to justments are correct. side of rear axle center housing, then tift
allow pivot bracket to be moved. While hydraulic pump out through top
applying 1.36 Kg (3 pound) pull to ver 222. PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT. opening
tical lever, move pivot. assembly with a This is an initial setting only, final ad On models equipped wtth 1pto, Multi
screwdriver as shown in Fig. 224 until justment is accomplished after lift cover Power and/or auxihary hydraulics, drain
vertical lever lightly contacts bushmg
(B). Tighten nut to secure pivot bracket.
is installed. Refer to installed ad the system and remove hydraulic lift
justments outlined in paragraph 203. cover as outhned in paragraph 207.
Recheck adjustment after nut tS On models without pressure control, Remove transmission top cover. Remove
tightened. thread adjusting screw (Fig. 226> mto step plates and disconnect brai<e rods.
block (2) until an equal amount. of Disconnect Multi-Power pressure line (if
221. POSITION CONTROL LINK threads (E) are above and below the so equipped). Support transmission and
AGE. To adjust position control linkage, block. Note that it will not be necessary differential housing separately, remove
first move draft control lever to fully to move the adjusting screw if system nange bolts and separate tractot at rear
"UP" position on quadrant and place pressure was satisfactory prior to of lransmii)Sion housing. Disconnect and
position control lever against transport disassembly and screw setting has not remove auxiliary pump hydraulic lines
stop. Position gage tool {MFN 970) with been distwbed. leading to side cover and ipto clutch
side marked .636 between rockshafl arm On Models with pressure control, be valve on models so equipped. Remove
and lift cover casting as shown at (T sure pressure control lever (1-Fig. 227) pump mounting dowel <P-Fig. 228)
Fig. 225). Using a spring scale, apply is correctly installed on pivot pin (2) and
1.36 Kg (3 pounds) pull to vertical lever rests against quadrant cam.
(1). The vertical lever should lightly con
tact bushing (8). MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
If adjustment is incorrect, turn posi
tion control adjusting screw (5) as Models Without Pump Mounted
necessary until vertical lever makes Servo Valve
light contact with bushing while apply
ing 1.36 Kg (3 pounds> pull to lever. 223. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Move position control lever to "CON To remove the hydraulic system pump
STANT PUMPING" position then back on models not equipped with auxiliary
pump, first drain system and remove lift
cover as outlined in paragraph 207. Col-
Fig. 227-VIew of pressure control /ever (1) and
pivot pin (2) used on models equipped wllh
pressure control.

Fig. 223-Refer to tet for changing the position

of pivot assembly.
2 Gage tool
fMFN 1080 Ot 7 Nul
6 Loek1ng chp 8 PtvOl brack<t Fig. 228-Hydrau//c pump positioning dowel plns
Fig. 225-VIew showing test using spring scale, (P) are /oceted on each side of differential
MFN 1080-D gage tool(2)and MFN 970 gage block housing.
(T). Refer to text.

Fig. 226-0n models without pressure control, In

It/a/ setting of pressure adjusting screw Is with Fig. 229-Pump and drive assembly must be
Fig. 224-Use a screwdriver to move pivot bracket equal amounts of threads (E) on both sides of ad removed out front of differential housing on
while checking for correct setting. Refer to text. justing block (2). Screwdriver Is shown at (1 ). models equipped with an auxiliary pump.


from each side of differential housing,

then pump package forward through
front opening of rear axJe center


NOTE: On some models with auxiliary

hydraulic system, It Is necessary to reposi
tion pump and remove elbow from top of
pump before pump assembly can be
withdrawn (Fig. 229).

The gear train mounting plates serve

as pump support. Refer to Fig. 230. Gear
train must be disassembled to remove
pump. Idler gear (9) contains 22 loose
needle bearings (10}. Gear backlash is
not adjustable; renew parts concerned if
backlash exceeds 0.38 mm (0.015 inch)
between any two gears. Tighten retain
ing bolts to a torque of 41-47 N m (3035


224. OVERHAUL. To disassemble

the removed hydraulic pump, disconnect
the control lever pivot pin and remove
Fig. 23Q-Exploded view of hydraulic pump drive gear train. Pump (2) Is used for Multi-Power transmis control lever (1-Fig. 231) from valve
sion a/one and pump (2A) Is used when equipped with both Multi-Power and auxiliary hydraulics. rollers (33). Remove rollers and pin (32).
I Moun hydrauhc pump 11 Spacer Remove filter (6} and housing (5) from
2 Auxiliary pump 5 Mounung bracket 8 Thrust washer 12. Bueh>ng
3. Snap nnR 6 Pump gear 9 Idler gear 13. Drive gear intake housing (4). Disconnect osciJlator
4 Idler aha!\ 7 Snap ring 10 Needle roller 14. Bracket
(23) from cam follower (17). Remove cap
nut (19). Remove stud nuts, then

Fig. 232-E:xploded view of valve chamber and

associated parts showing poppet type Inlet and
outlet valves.
I !'laton ring 7. Outlet valve
2 Ptston 8. Spring
3 Chamber 9. "0" ring
4 "0" r1nga 10. Beek-up ri1111
5. Inlet valve 11. Plug
6 Spnng 12. S"P rng

Fig. 231-Exploded view of hydraulic lift pump assembly. Safety relief valve (7) Is used on models not

1. Valve levrr
equipped with pressure control valve.
7. Safety relief valve 13. Bearing 19 Cap nut 25. Spnng 3 1 Control valve ...y.
37 Snap nni
38. Wuhu

2. Rear c:over 8. Gullet 14. Carnahan 20. Collar 26. Retainer 32 Pin 39. Spring
3. Gaaket 9. Rear body 15 PistOn rinp 21. Snap ring 27. Snap nng 33 Roller 40. Oaeillator rod
4 Intake mamfold 10. 8ualung11 16. Valve chambers 22 Pln 28. Sleeve waaher 34 Locl<plate 41. Waaher
6. Filter houa1ng II. Piston yokes 17. Cam follower 23 0-.illator housing 29. BacJc.up waaher 35. Spacer 42. "0" rillll
6 F' element 12 Cam blocka 18 Front body 24 Guide 30. "0'" 36. Adualilli rod 43. Valvo & 1leovo Ul)'

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 225

piston yokes face away from each other.

Be sure cam block (2-Fig. 234) with
shoulder (8) is over widest (front) cam
lobe and shoulder faces inward as
shown. Be sure cam follower (3) is
towards bottom of pump. Notches (N
Fig. 233-Use a suitable ring
compressor to compress Fig. 235) in end of valve sleeve must be
piston rings when Installing aligned horizontally in valve bore and
valve chambers. Be sure pins (P) in spacer (2) must be vertical
chamfered corners (C) of to pump body. Lockplate (1) fits into
piston yokes lace away from
each other. notches of sleeve and spacer. Tighten
pump body stud nuts to 41-47 N m
(30-35 ft.-lbs.) torque. Be sure camshaft
rotates freely.


Models With Pump Mounted

separate front body (18) from rear body piston yokes (11), valve chambers (16), Servo Valve
(9). Withdraw control spool and cam follower (17) and camshaft (14).
osciJiator (23) as a unit. Remove snap To disassemble valve chambers, first 225. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
ring at front of spool and separate spool remove snap ring (12- Fig. 232). Thread To remove the main hydraulic pump on
assembly from oscillator housing. Com a inch UNC bolt into tapped hole at models not equipped with ipto, Multi
press actuating rod (36), remove snap top of plug (11), then pull plug from Power and/or auxiliary hydraulics, first
ring (37) and sepruate actuating rod, chamber. Remove poppet valves and drain hydraulic oil. Remove lift cover as
spring (39) and oscillator rod (40) from springs from chamber bore. outlined in paragraph 216. Remove the
spool if desired. Push control valve Inspect all parts and renew if ex adjusting block and upper tube and
sleeve (43) from pump body. cessively worn or damaged. The control spring from servo valve {10-Fig. 237).
Slide camshaft (14) with piston yokes valve spool and sleeve (31-Fig. 231) are Collapse and remove the drive shaft
(11) and valve chambers (16) from rear serviced as a matched assembly. When coupler and remove pto output shaft.
body (9). Remove intake housing (4) and renewing bushings (10) be sure end of Remove dowel pins (P-Fig. 228) from
cover plate (2). Sepruate cam blocks (12), bushing does not extend above machined each side of differential housing, then
surface of pump body and split in lift hydraulic pump out through top
bushing is located at the top of body. opening of housing.
AIways renew aU gaskets and "0" rings On models equipped with ipto, Multi
when reassembling. Power and/or auxiliruy hydraulics, trac
To reassemble, reverse the disassem tor must be split between difl'erential
bly procedure while noting the following housing and transmission. Drain oil
special instructions: Use a suitable ring from system and remove lift cover as
compressor when installing valve outlined in pruagraph 216. Remove step
chambers onto pistons as shown in Fig. plates and disconnect brake tods and
233. Be sure chamfered corners (C) of electrical wiring as necessary. Discon-

Fig. 234-Be sure that cam block (2) with shoulder

(S) Is over widest (front) cam lobe and shoulder
faces Inward. Cam follower(3) goes towards bot-
tom ol pump.
Fig. 236-Exploded view of
auxiliary pump drive gear
train and associated parts.
L Len side cover
P lpLO clut<:h & valve
I Mam hydrouhc pump
2 Auxiliary pump
3. Snap ring
4 Idler shafi
5 Mounting bracket
6 Pump gear
7 Snap ring
8 Thrust washer
9. Idler gear
N 10 Needle roller
I I Spacer
12. Bushing
13 Drive Rear
14 Bracket

Fig. 235-Notches (N) in valve sleeve must be

positioned horizontally in valve body and pins (P)
In spacer (2) must be vertical to pump.

Paragraphs 22 6-227 MASSEY-FERGUSON
nect pressure line at Multi-Power/ipto control adjusting screw (1-Fig. 238) out Disassemble the removed assemblies
pump if so equipped. Support t.ransmis of pivot lever (2) until end ofbolt is flush as outlined in the appropriate following
sion housing and differential separate with inside of lever. Remove adjusting paragraphs.
ly, remove retaining bolts and separate

block (13), tube (14) and spring (15) from

rear of tractor from transmission hous servo valve if not removed previously. 227. SERVO VALVE. Refer to Fig.
ing. Remove pump mounting dowels Unhook diaphragm lever link (4) from 238 for exploded view of servo valve. Un
(P-Fig. 228) from each side of difTeren control valve, remove valve mounting bolt and remove diaphragm cover (9).
tial housing. Disconnect hydraulic pipes stud nut, and remove servo valve from Use an Allen wrench to remove orifice
from the pumps and remove tube and top of pump. plug (12). Thread a suitable screw into
spring from pump servo valve (10-Fig. Remove clip retaining control lever retainer plug (29) and remove retainer,
237). Slide pump assembly forward (1-Fig. 237), then slide control lever spring (28), discs (27) and secondary
through front opening of differential from control valve (28). Remove rollers relief valve (26). Remove guide (16) and
housing. and pin from end of control valve ac spring support (17), then bump housing
The gear train mounting plates (5 and tuating rod. Remove filter assembly and to remove plunger (20) and ball (20A).
14-Fig. 236) serve as pump support. intake housing (5) from pump. Use hooked wire to pull plunger guide
Idler gear (9) contains 22 loose needle Remove retainer clip and cap (24) from (19) from bore then use needlenose pliers
bearings (10). Gear backlash is not ad front of oscillator cU.ive. Remove pin re to pull ball valve seat. (21) from bore.
justable; renew parts as necessary if taining oscillator (25) to cam follower Inspect all parts for wear or damage
backlash exceeds 0.38 mm (0.015 inch) (20). Remove nuts attaching pump and renew as necessary.
between any two gears. bodies together, then carefully remove Diameter of large end of plunger (20)
To reinstall pump assembly, reverse front body (22). Withdraw control valve should be 5.5305.542 mm (0.2177-
the removal procedure. and oscillator as a unit from pump. 0.2182 inch), and diameter of tapered
Carefully slide piston yokes (14), valve end ofplunger should be 5.0805.232 mm
226. OVERHAUL. To disassemble chambers (19), cam blocks (16 and 21) (0.2000.206 inch). Bore of plunger guide
the removed hydraulic pump, first and camshaft (18) away from rear body (19) should be 5.644-5.669 mm (0.2222
separate the auxiliary pump and drive (11). Pull valve spool sleeve from rear
train from main pump. Turn pressure body.

Fig. 238-E'IIploded view ofservo valve assembly.

I AJijusting BCrew 16. Guide
2 Lever 17 Support
3 Chp 18. "0" rina
4 Lmk 19 Plunger IIUid
6 Clip 20 Plu"'l"r
Fig. 237-E'IIploded view of main hydraulic pump. Thrust washers (13) are not used on early produc 6 Pon 20A. Ball
tlon pumps. 1 P,n 21 Seat
I Control lever 21. Cam block 8 Sprins 22 Waahor
2. Rear cover pletAl 9. Response control 15. Ploton rings 22. Front body 9 Dophragm cover 23. "0" nng
3 Nooreturn \'o1ve lever 16. Com block 23 Bu&hing 10 Sprong 24. Body
4 GMket 10 Servo valve 11M)' 17 Needle bearing 24 Nut 11 Dlophl'llgm 25. Dowol
5 lnteke housing 11 Rear body 18. Cemshaft 26. Oscillotor 8118}'. 12 Orifice plug 26. Valve
6 GOAket 12 Buslung 19. Valve chamber 26 Waeher 13 Block OS8y. 27. 01oc
7 F1lr olement IS Thru4t wuhero 20. Oecillator drive 27 Spacer I Head 28. Sprlnll
8 Onnc:e bushing 14 PiMu>n yoke (cam followorl 28 Control valvo all8)'. 15 Spring 211. Retainer

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 228-23 0

0.2232 inch). Maximum diameter ofseat ondary relief valve (26), discs (27), if so spring (1 1). Push rod (12) in and remove
in ball valve is 4.32 mm (0.170 inch). equipped, spring (28) and retainer (29) snap ring (21), then withdraw remain
All "0" rings should be soaked approx into bore in bottom of housing. The re ing parts.
imately one hour in hydraulic oil before tainer is a light press fit and should be Assemble by reversing disao;sembly
assembling. Install new back-up washer installed flush with mounting surface of procedure. End of valve spool (24) with
(22) and "0" ring (23) on ball valve seat valve body (24). Install orifice plug {12), narrow slot. should be toward oscillator
(21), then install in bore of housing. In diaphragm (11), spring (10), cover (9), rod (32); end wit.h larger slots should be
stall new "0" ring (18) on plunger guide lever (2) and related parts. toward actuating rod (12). Install sleeve
(19), then insert plunger guide into bore (25) in rear body bore so roll pin (23) is
with cross drilled hole toward ball valve 228. CONTROL VALVE. The control down near bottom.
seat. Insert ball (20A) into bore and valve is serviced as a matched assembly
make sure it enters bore of guide (19). which consists of rod (12-Fig. 239) and 229. VALVE CHAlVIBERS. Both valve
Install plunger (20) with tapered (small) all parts (21 through 32). chambers (19-Fig. 237J are identical
end toward ball. Install spring support 1b disassemble the valve and oscillator and interchangeable, and each contains
(17) with large flat end against plunger ,
assembly unseat and remove retaining two sets of valve components (5 through
guide (19). Apply two or three drops of ring (16) from internal groove in 12-Fig. 240). To disassemble t.he
Loctite 242 on threads of spring guide oscillator housing (7) and withdraw chamber, remove snap ring (12) and
(16), then install and tighten to 20-40 valve from oscillator unit. Remove re thread a Y.. inch UNC bolt into plug (11)
N m (1530 ft. lbs.) torque. Insert sec taining ring (8) while compressing to provide leverage. Plug can be pulled
by hand. A resealing reamer (Tool No.
N-6007Al is available which dresses
both seats in one bore at the same time.
Fig. 239-Exploded view of
hydraulic pump control valve Iftool is used, remove only enough metal
end camshaft driven osc/1 to smooth the seats. All parts are
fetor assembly. available individually.
7 0&<:JI!at.or When installing, do not compress re
8. Snap nng
9. Collor tainer plug (11) deeper than 5.8 mm
10. Gu1de (0.23 inch) from top of plug to top of
11. Spring
12 Rod valve chamber. Be sure to pull plug up
13. Rollen<
against snap ring (12l after snap ring is
14 Pin
15 Dioc seated.
16. Sn&p nng
17. Wuher
18. Spacer 230. INTAKE HOUSING. The
19 Wuhor
20. "0'' nnll
response control valve and norueturn
21. Snap nn11 valve are contained in the intake hous
22 Washer
23. P10 ing (5-Fig. 237). Refer to Fig. 241 for an
24 Valve IJIOOI exploded view of intake housing and
25. Valve ol<'<'V
related parts.
When reassembhng, be sure "0" ring
26 Washer
27 "0" rinK
28. Sprmg
29. Snop rin11 (9), washer (8) and retaining ring (7) are
30 Collar conectly installed on cover platE (39). In
I. Cap 3. "0" ring 6. Osc:IUator drive 31 "0" nng
2 Clip 4. Pin 6. Snap rings 32 Rod stall ring (11) on nonreturn valve (10),

Fig. 241-Exploded view of

Intake housing and related
parts. Servo valve (SV) Is at
tached to rear body (33) by
nut (N).
1 Seal
2. Reuuner
3. Sprmg
4. Cap 21
5. Snap r1ng
6 Gasket
7 Snop nng
8 Wosher
9 "0" ring
10 Valve
11. R1nll
12 Pon
13 Buah1ng
14 Spring
15. Ball
16. Ret.amer
17. Buahmg
18 Washer

19 Lever
20 Spring
Fig. 240-Exploded view of valve chamber end
21. "0" rmgs
associated parts. 22. "0" nngs 3
7 ..
l Paston rm 7 Outlet valv 23 S<rew1
2 Poston 8. Spring 24. S.rews 37 "0" rmg, washer & pr1n1: 6
3 Chamber 9 "0" nng 33 Reor body 38 Gasket 3 e
4 "0" nng 10 Ba<kup nng 34 Intake houSJng 39 Cover 'II
5. lnle valve I I Plug 35. Filter housing 40 Roto1ner chp
6. Sprng 12 Snap rmg 36 Filter 41 Le\er ussy

Paragraphs 23 1 -23 4 MASSEY- FERGUSON

then insert valve through bore in hous Refer to appropriate paragraph 223 or until it bottoms, then turn screw out
ing. Install seal (1) over valve stem 225 for removal procedure. 1112 turns. Attach a hand pump with
followed by retainer (2), spring (3), cap pressure gage to pump outlet port and

(4) and "E" ring (5). Install cover plate 233. SINGLE PUMP. To disassemble check valve opening pressure. Turn ad
(39) and gasket (38) onto intake housing. the removed pump, first remove snap justing screw as necessary, then stake
Position intake housing onto rear body rmg retaining drive gear to pump shaft. the screw when correct pressure is ob
making sure roll pin in valve sleeve Remove cap screws securing pump to tained.
engages slot in intake housing. Tighten gear train mounting plate, then remove
the retaining cap screws to 20-27 N m pump. Remove cap screws attaching end 234. DUAL PUMP. It is recom
{15-20 ft.-lbs.) torque. cover (1-Fig. 243) to body (8) and mended that auxiliary hydraulic system
separate pump components. pressure be checked prior to servicing
231. ASSEMBLY. Assemble valve the hydraulic pump. The pressure can
chambers {19-Fig. 242) onto piston Inspect all parts for wear or damage. be checked at an auxiliary valve outlet
yokes (14) making sure chamfered cor All parts except pump body are using suitable pressure gage and fit.
ners (C) of yokes face away from each available for renewal. Pump gears (5 tings. System pressure shouJd be be
other. Install camshaft, cam follower and 6) must be renewed as a matched tween 15860-17925 kPa (2300.2600 psi).
and cam blocks into piston yokes mak set. HydrauJic lift. cover must be removed for
ing sure cam block with shoulder is at To reassemble, reverse the disassem access to the adjustable high pressure
front (widest lobe) of camshaft and that bly procedure. Be sure relieved edge of relief valve which is located in pump
shoulder faces inward. Slide camshaft pressure plate (3) is towards outlet side rear covet plate (23-Fig. 244).
assembly into rear body making sure of pump and smooth side is away from To disassemble the removed pump,
end of cam follower (20-Fig. 237) is gears. Tighten cover retaining cap frrst remove snap ring retaining drive
towards bottom of pump. screws evenly to 27 N m (20 ft..lbs.)
gear to pump shaft.. Remove cap screws
Install control valve assembly (28) in torque. attaching pump to gear train mounting
to rear body, then position front body Safety relief valve is set to open at plate and remove pump from rear plate.
over camshaft and studs. Tighten stud 4480-5170 kPa (750-850 psi). If valve re Scribe a line across pump bodies and end
nuts evenly to 41-47 N m (30-35 ft..-lbs.) quires servicing, adjust pressure setting cover to ensure correct alignment when
torque. Make sure camshaft and pistons as follows: Turn adjusting screw (12) in reassembling. Remove tie bolts at
move freely. Install cap (24) and retain taching pump bodies to end cover, then
ing ring on end of oscillator housing.
Connect cam follower to oscillator.

.,.... 24
f> 22

All Models So Equipped

232. Two different auxiliary pumps

have been used. Pump shown in Fig. 243
is used on tractors equipped only with

MuJti-Power transmission and/or in
dependent pto. Dual section pump
shown in Fig. 244 is used for auxiliary
hydraulic applications as well as for
Multi-Power or independent pt.o 10 II
pressure. Fig. 243-Exploded view of single section auxiliary
On all models, the auxiliary pump is pump used on some models.
located directly above the main 1 End cover 7 Orwalhan
2 Seal nng 8 Pump
hydraulic pump within the differential 3 Pre-sure plate 9 Rohef valve beJI
housing. The auxiliary pump si removed Snap nng 10 Cu1de pia"'
6 Onve gear ll Spnng
with the main hydraulic pump a.s a unit. 6 Onven rear 12 Acljuatn plug

Fig. 242-Chemfered comers Fig. 244-EIIploded view of dual $8Ct/on eull/1/try

(C) ofpiston yok.. (14) mu$1 pump thowlng component parte.
Ieee away from uch other. l AciJWitlli plu11
()ow p,...l.ura 13 o nne
3 Spnna 16. Oowl

ppot 16 Rear body
5 17 Onvon , ..,
6 Fronl body 18. On\'
. ....
7 Bukup rukcl 20 Paton
8 Seal 21 Plate
9 "'-"" plate 22 Spri"'l
10 Sodtct hHd ..,
.. ,. 23. End oovor
c 11 Onven gear 24 AciJu.una kJ'eW
12 Onvo r !high preuurel

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraph 235

separate pump components as shown in

Fig. 244. Use care to avoid damaging
machined mating surfaces and gear
pockets of pump bodies. Do not remove
high pressure adjusting screw C24J; screw
is staked in place and setting should not
be changed.
Check all parts for evidence of wear or
damage and renew as necessary. If
pump housings show evidence of wear
or scoring in gear pocket area, complete
pump must be renewed.
To reassemble, reverse the disassem
bly procedure while noting the following
special instructions: Be sure pressure
seal (8) is installed into wear plates (9)
first, then install back-up gasket (7).
Seal side of wear plates must face away
from gear faces. Omit high pressure
relief valve spring (22) when assembling
pump bodies, and use tie bolts to draw
bodies together over dowel pins. Then,
remove tie bolts and separate end cover
(23) from spacer plate {21). Install retain
ing washer and high pressure spring
(22), position end cover on pump and Fig. 245-EKploded view of dual spool auKIIIary valve assembly used on some models.
1 End cap 7 Body 13 le,ve 19 Uuode
tighten retaining screws and nut to 27 2 Detent usy 8 Check valve 14 "0 ron 20 Pin
N m (20 ft.lbs.) torque. 3 Inner rod 9 Spool 16 Plug 21 "0" rona
4 Outer lever 10 Reaulator auy 16 Snap rong 22 P,n
If low pressure relief valve (items 1 5 Inner lever II Slee,_. 17 .Sylon ""rtv. 23 Cuode
through 5) was removed from pump 6 Swotch valve 12 Spnna 18 Sprong 24 o' nnR

body, tighten adjusting screw (1) until

spring is bottomed, then back screw out
four turns. This should set relief valve
opening pressure w1Lhm spec1fied range
of 4480-5515 kPa (650-850 psi). A
suitable hand pump with pressure gage
can be connected to Multi-Power circuit
outlet port to check opening pressure if
High pressure relief valve adjustmg
screw {24) should not have been turned
during disassembly. However, if parts of
relief valve were renewed, it will be Fig. 246-EKploded view of
necessary to readjust valve setting after aulllllary valve assembly used
on Model MF250. Detent
pump is reinstalled. Hydraulic lift cover piston (12) Is not used on ear-
must be removed to gain access to relief ly production valves.
valve adjusting screw. Maximum system S Ad.Juatong screw
l Inlet cover
pressure should be 15860-17925 kPa 2 Control lever povol
(2300-2600 psi). 3 Songle double act1ng
convertor valYe
4 Check valve
5 Outlet cover
6 Detent rehef valve
7 Val-. apool
AUXILIARY VALVE 8 Povot bracket
9 Woptr
10 "0" r1ng
All Models Except MF250 II
13 Spnng
235. OVERHAUL. To disassemble 14 Detent balls
15 Carner
valve, remove snap ring < 16- Fig. 245) 16 ''0" nngs
17 End plate
and end plug Cl5). Loosen detent IS Spnng seats
assembly (2) adjusting screws, then un 19 Centenng "''Ting
bolt and remove end cap OJ from valve
20 Spaeer
21 Reta1n1ng acrew
body. Withdraw spool assembly from 22 End cap

spring end of valve body.

NOTE: Valve spools are selective fitted to

their body bores and must not be inter
changed. When servicing dual spool valve,
Identify spools as they are removed to en
sure correct reassembly.

Paragraph 23 6 MASSEY-FERGUSON

Remove retaining ring, centering tent and "kick out" pressure setting as If handle kicks out before pressure
spring(l2) and spring seats from end of outlined in the following paragraph. reaches 13100 kPa (1900 psi), shut off
spool. Remove screw {17), spring (18),
poppet (19) and pin (22} or ball from
regulator ban-el {10). Unscrew regulator 236. ADJUSTMENT. Connect a
engine and operate control valve handle
to relieve any trapped pressure. Remove
snap ring (16) and end plug (16), then
barrel from spool, then remove roll pin suitable flow meter to rear couplers. turn regulator valve adjusting screw (17)
(20) and guide (23) from regulator bar Operate engine at 1000 rpm and place inward to increase kick out pressure.
rei. Remove switch valve (6) and check auxiliary valve control handle in "lift"
valve (8) from valve body. position. Tighten detent adjusting screw NOTE: Several aHempts at adjustment
Inspect all parts for wear, scoring or (2-Fig. 245) until handle remains in may be necessary before desired kick out
other damage and renew if necessary. "lift" position. Slowly close flow meter pressure Is obtained. Be sure to shut off
Valve spools and body are available on restrictor valve and note pressure at engine and relieve system pressure before
ly as a complete valve assembly. Be sure which control handle kicks out of detent removing end plug from valve.
to renew all "0" rings. and returns to neutral. Handle should
To reassemble valve, reverse the kick out of detent when pressure is be If handle does not kick out of detent
disassembly procedure. Adjust spool de tween 1310014480 kPa (1900-2100 psi). when pressure is between 13100-14480


Jli'U (L. \JGH" T $

........ . rt........ ,

Ll GJtUJrt r(IIIMfffAL. $

f(ltMIKAl l
' 'MiftAI. Z

OllA.t.. Of UGHT SWfTOt

1 - HAM R.000 P'AHEl A.NO WOR LAMfi'S
1 - lf.AM.. f.I..OOO 'AHEl Al'iO III(M IUD w"LASMEft
] - IEAM 'AHII. AH.O III'.Ait 11[0 N!,t..'SHf".

FI...A$;4f" Swtt

8 P'\tlil ll'll .. Y'w,


Lt lUI( o...c


Fig. 247-Wiring diagram for MF230, MF235 and MF245 tractors equipped with diesel engine and flat top fenders. Refer also to Fig. 249 for models with
dished fenders.

SERVICE MANUAL Paragraphs 23 7-239

kPa (1900-2100 psi) and a "squealing" (9). Pull spool out of valve body and meter restrictor valve and note pressure
noise from control valve is herud, loosen remove detent carrier (15), piston (12) at which control valve kicks out of de
control handle detent screw (2) until and cage (11). tent and returns to neutral. Valve
handle releases within specified Inspect all parts for wear and renew should kick out of detent at approx
pressure range. If control handle does as necessary. Valve spool and body are imately 16550 kPa !2400 psi). Kick out
not kick out of detent. and no "squeal available only as a matched set. Be sure pressure is adjusted by turning detent
ing" sound si heard, shut ofTengine and to renew all "0" rings. relief valve adjusting screw (S) in or out.
remove end plug (15) from valve. Turn When reassembling, use petroleumjel
regulator adjusting screw (17) outward ly to hold detent balls in place. Clean the
to decrease kick out pressure. Reinstall threads ofretaining screw (21) and valve
plug and recheck for proper operation. spool, then apply a drop of thread lock
ing compound to threads ofscrew before
Model MF250 installing. WIRING
Check and adjust spool detent "kick
237. OVERHAUL. To disassemble out" pressure as outlined in paragraph DIAGRAMS
auxiliary valve, remove single/double 238.
acting convertor valve (3-Fig. 246), All Models
check valve (4) and detent relief valve 238. ADJUSTMENT. To set valve
assembly (6) from valve body. Remove spool detent "kick out" pressure, con 239. Refer to the appropriate Fig. 247
end cap (22). Unscrew retaining screw nect a suitable flow meter to auxiliary through Fig. 250 for tractor wiring
(21) and remove centering spring (19), valve rear couplers. Operate engine at diagram. Service procedures covering
spring seats (18) and end plate (17). 1000 rpm and place control valve han electrical system components are con
Remove pivot bracket (8) with wiper seal die in "lift" position. Slowly close flow tained in paragraphs 100 through 109.

. ..... 11....
tt J
,.. .

t('11H Al,. '

IUI_,.I.._AL 1

ou- Of LJG"r SWift"


) - lfAM h,OOO '.t..Hl\. AHO M[A" tO.,. fV\"f"
) - II.AM 'Ah(L Ah0 llt(A" 111[0 w IV4...(111


6" lONG fUSUilE UN(






Fig. 248-W/rlng dlagrsm lor MF230, MF235 snd MF245 tractors equipped with gasoline engine and flat top lenders. Relar slso to Fig. 249 lor models wllh
dished fenders.

Parag raph 239 Co n t . MASSEY -FERGUSON






Fig. 249-Wirlng diagram showing differences for models with dished fenders. Refe to Fig. 247 or Fig.
248 for general wiring diagrams.

Br Br

( M F 2 5 0 On l y )


Br Br s- Lt BI _.-o- 8
w G G


Or Br Or Or

( O P T I ONA L )

Fig. 250-Wirlng diagram for Models MF240 and MF250.

B. Black Y. Yellow
Bl. Blue Br. Brown G. Green Or. Orange Pr. Purple R . Red W . W h i te Lt. Light